[svn-upgrade] Integrating new upstream version, shadow (4.0.9)
This commit is contained in:
nekral-guest
parent
8e167d28af
commit
7c47e0fde3
ABOUT-NLSChangeLogMakefile.inNEWSaclocal.m4config.rpathconfigureconfigure.in
contrib
doc
etc
lib
libmisc
m4
man
Makefile.amMakefile.inchage.1chage.1.xmlchfn.1.xmlchpasswd.8.xmlchsh.1.xml
cs
de
es
expiry.1.xmlfaillog.5.xmlfaillog.8.xmlfr
gpasswd.1.xmlgroupadd.8.xmlgroupdel.8.xmlgroupmems.8.xmlgroupmod.8.xmlgroups.1.xmlgrpck.8.xmlgshadow.5.xmlhu
id.1.xmlid
it
ja
ko
lastlog.8.xmllimits.5.xmllogin.1login.1.xmllogin.access.5.xmllogin.defs.5login.defs.5.xmllogoutd.8.xmlmkpasswd.8.xmlnewusers.8.xmlpasswd.1passwd.1.xmlpasswd.5.xmlpl
porttime.5.xmlpt_BR
pw_auth.3.xmlpwck.8.xmlpwconv.8pwconv.8.xmlru
shadow.3.xmlshadow.5.xmlshadowconfig.8.xmlsu.1su.1.xmlsuauth.5.xmlsulogin.8.xmluseradd.8.xmluserdel.8.xmlusermod.8.xmlvipw.8vipw.8.xmlzh_CN
zh_TW
po
106
ChangeLog
106
ChangeLog
@ -1,5 +1,111 @@
|
||||
2005-05-23 Tomasz K³oczko <kloczek@pld.org.pl>
|
||||
|
||||
* man/Makefile.am: remove shadow-man-pages.pot target from all.
|
||||
|
||||
2005-05-19 Tomasz K³oczko <kloczek@pld.org.pl>
|
||||
|
||||
* lib/encrypt.c, NEWS:
|
||||
fixed passwd segfault in non-PAM connfiguration (submited by Greg Schafer <gschafer@zip.com.au>).
|
||||
|
||||
* po/sv.po: upsdate (by Christian Perrier <bubulle@debian.org>).
|
||||
|
||||
* NEWS, src/newgrp.c:
|
||||
fixed NULL pointer dereference - getlogin() and ttyname() can
|
||||
return NULL which is not checked (http://bugs.debian.org/162303).
|
||||
|
||||
* man/pwconv.8.xml, man/su.1, man/su.1.xml, man/pwconv.8:
|
||||
fixed typo (s,similiar,similar,).
|
||||
|
||||
2005-05-14 Tomasz K³oczko <kloczek@pld.org.pl>
|
||||
|
||||
* NEWS, po/ro.po: updated by Sorin B. <sorin@bonbon.net>.
|
||||
|
||||
* po/ru.po, NEWS: updated by yu-koz <yu-koz@yandex.ru>.
|
||||
|
||||
2005-05-13 Tomasz K³oczko <kloczek@pld.org.pl>
|
||||
|
||||
* po/ro.po: few updates by Sorin Batariuc <sorin@bonbon.net>.
|
||||
|
||||
2005-05-12 Tomasz K³oczko <kloczek@pld.org.pl>
|
||||
|
||||
* po/ru.po: updated (by Yuri Kozlov <yuray@id.ru>).
|
||||
|
||||
2005-05-10 Tomasz K³oczko <kloczek@pld.org.pl>
|
||||
|
||||
* po/vi.po:
|
||||
completed translations for HEAD (by Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>).
|
||||
|
||||
2005-05-09 Tomasz K³oczko <kloczek@pld.org.pl>
|
||||
|
||||
* NEWS, po/LINGUAS, po/vi.po: added new vi translation.
|
||||
|
||||
* NEWS, lib/getdef.c:
|
||||
leaves the table as it is, and changes from the binary search to
|
||||
a sequential one (fix by Lucas Correia Villa Real <lucasvr@gobolinux.org>).
|
||||
|
||||
* man/passwd.1, man/passwd.1.xml: make bold passwd and chfn commands.
|
||||
|
||||
2005-04-28 Tomasz K³oczko <kloczek@pld.org.pl>
|
||||
|
||||
* man/usermod.8.xml, man/vipw.8.xml: cleanups.
|
||||
|
||||
2005-04-27 Tomasz K³oczko <kloczek@pld.org.pl>
|
||||
|
||||
* man/gpasswd.1.xml, man/groups.1.xml, man/grpck.8.xml, man/login.defs.5.xml, man/passwd.1.xml, man/pwck.8.xml, man/shadowconfig.8.xml, man/sulogin.8.xml, man/useradd.8.xml:
|
||||
replace <emphasis remap='B'></emphasis> by <command></command>.
|
||||
|
||||
* po/ko.po, po/nb.po, po/nl.po, po/nn.po, po/pl.po, po/pt.po, po/pt_BR.po, po/ro.po, po/ru.po, po/sk.po, po/sq.po, po/sv.po, po/tl.po, po/tr.po, po/uk.po, po/zh_CN.po, po/zh_TW.po, NEWS, po/bs.po, po/ca.po, po/cs.po, po/da.po, po/de.po, po/el.po, po/es.po, po/eu.po, po/fi.po, po/fr.po, po/he.po, po/id.po, po/it.po, po/ja.po, src/lastlog.c:
|
||||
fixed lastlog --help message (s,--login,--user,) http://bugs.debian.org/249611
|
||||
|
||||
* man/faillog.5.xml, man/faillog.8.xml, man/gpasswd.1.xml, man/groupadd.8.xml, man/groupdel.8.xml, man/groupmems.8.xml, man/groupmod.8.xml, man/groups.1.xml, man/grpck.8.xml, man/gshadow.5.xml, man/id.1.xml, man/lastlog.8.xml, man/limits.5.xml, man/mkpasswd.8.xml, man/passwd.1.xml, man/passwd.5.xml, man/porttime.5.xml, man/pwck.8.xml, man/shadow.3.xml, man/shadow.5.xml, man/su.1.xml, man/suauth.5.xml, man/sulogin.8.xml, man/useradd.8.xml, man/userdel.8.xml, man/usermod.8.xml:
|
||||
use <varlistentry></varlistentry> in FILES section. Cleanups.
|
||||
|
||||
* man/expiry.1.xml, man/chsh.1.xml, man/chpasswd.8.xml, man/chfn.1.xml, man/porttime.5.xml, man/pw_auth.3.xml:
|
||||
cleanups.
|
||||
|
||||
* man/vipw.8, man/vipw.8.xml:
|
||||
small fix: s,vi,vi(1), (reported by Helge Kreutzmann <kreutzm@itp.uni-hannover.de> in
|
||||
http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=260636).
|
||||
s,VISUAL,$VISUAL; s,EDITOR,$EDITOR,
|
||||
|
||||
2005-04-26 Tomasz K³oczko <kloczek@pld.org.pl>
|
||||
|
||||
* man/login.1.xml: fixed bold (use <command></command>). Cleanups.
|
||||
|
||||
* man/login.1: fixed typo in bold.
|
||||
|
||||
* man/chage.1.xml: fixed italic. Cleanups.
|
||||
|
||||
* man/chage.1: fixed typo in italic.
|
||||
|
||||
* man/login.defs.5.xml:
|
||||
fixed italic (use <filename></filename> istead italic). Cleanups.
|
||||
|
||||
* man/login.defs.5: fixed typo in italic.
|
||||
|
||||
* man/vipw.8.xml: fixed italic (use <filename></filename>).
|
||||
|
||||
* man/vipw.8: typo in italic.
|
||||
|
||||
* man/Makefile.am:
|
||||
added target for generate shadow-man-pages.pot. List all now useable xml files
|
||||
in man_XMANS variable.
|
||||
|
||||
* man/pwconv.8.xml:
|
||||
fixed bold. Use in more places <command></command> istead bold.
|
||||
|
||||
* man/login.defs.5: typo in bold.
|
||||
|
||||
* man/su.1.xml:
|
||||
removed comment. Use <variablelist></variablelist> in Files secstion.
|
||||
Fixed bold.
|
||||
|
||||
* man/pwconv.8, man/su.1: typo in bold.
|
||||
|
||||
2005-04-25 Tomasz K這czko <kloczek@pld.org.pl>
|
||||
|
||||
* NEWS, configure.in: start work on 4.0.9.
|
||||
|
||||
* po/nl.po: kill fuzzy.
|
||||
|
||||
* man/chage.1:
|
||||
|
||||
@ -42,7 +42,11 @@ DIST_COMMON = README $(am__configure_deps) $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \
|
||||
config.sub depcomp install-sh ltmain.sh missing mkinstalldirs
|
||||
subdir = .
|
||||
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
|
||||
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
|
||||
am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES = config.status config.cache config.log \
|
||||
@ -195,6 +199,7 @@ AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.5 dist-bzip2 foreign
|
||||
SUBDIRS = po man libmisc lib src \
|
||||
contrib doc etc
|
||||
|
||||
ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4
|
||||
all: config.h
|
||||
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) all-recursive
|
||||
|
||||
@ -397,7 +402,7 @@ distclean-tags:
|
||||
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
|
||||
$(am__remove_distdir)
|
||||
mkdir $(distdir)
|
||||
$(mkdir_p) $(distdir)/. $(distdir)/po
|
||||
$(mkdir_p) $(distdir)/. $(distdir)/m4 $(distdir)/po
|
||||
@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
|
||||
topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
|
||||
list='$(DISTFILES)'; for file in $$list; do \
|
||||
|
||||
15
NEWS
15
NEWS
@ -1,4 +1,17 @@
|
||||
$Id: NEWS,v 1.147 2005/04/25 10:39:48 kloczek Exp $
|
||||
$Id: NEWS,v 1.155 2005/05/19 12:05:02 kloczek Exp $
|
||||
|
||||
shadow-4.0.8 -> shadow-4.0.9
|
||||
|
||||
*** general:
|
||||
- passwd: fixed segfault in non-PAM connfiguration
|
||||
(submited by Greg Schafer <gschafer@zip.com.au>),
|
||||
- newgrp: fixed NULL pointer dereference - getlogin() and ttyname() can
|
||||
return NULL which is not checked (http://bugs.debian.org/162303),
|
||||
- updated translations: ro, ru,
|
||||
- added new translations: vi,
|
||||
- lib/getdef.c: leaves the table as it is, and changes from the binary search to
|
||||
a sequential one (Lucas Correia Villa Real <lucasvr@gobolinux.org>),
|
||||
- lastlog: fixed --help message (s,--login,--user,) http://bugs.debian.org/249611.
|
||||
|
||||
shadow-4.0.7 -> shadow-4.0.8
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2404
aclocal.m4
vendored
2404
aclocal.m4
vendored
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
91
config.rpath
91
config.rpath
@ -2,28 +2,13 @@
|
||||
# Output a system dependent set of variables, describing how to set the
|
||||
# run time search path of shared libraries in an executable.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Copyright 1996-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
# Copyright 1996-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
# Taken from GNU libtool, 2001
|
||||
# Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
# (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
|
||||
# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
# General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
|
||||
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
|
||||
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
|
||||
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
|
||||
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
|
||||
# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
|
||||
# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
|
||||
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
|
||||
@ -50,6 +35,8 @@ host_cpu=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
|
||||
host_vendor=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
|
||||
host_os=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
|
||||
|
||||
cc_basename=`echo "$CC" | sed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
|
||||
|
||||
# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC.
|
||||
|
||||
wl=
|
||||
@ -60,6 +47,13 @@ else
|
||||
aix*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
darwin*)
|
||||
case "$cc_basename" in
|
||||
xlc*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
;;
|
||||
mingw* | pw32* | os2*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
|
||||
@ -71,13 +65,19 @@ else
|
||||
newsos6)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
linux*)
|
||||
case $CC in
|
||||
icc|ecc)
|
||||
case $cc_basename in
|
||||
icc* | ecc*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
ccc)
|
||||
pgcc | pgf77 | pgf90)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
ccc*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
como)
|
||||
wl='-lopt='
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
;;
|
||||
osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
|
||||
@ -96,6 +96,9 @@ else
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv4*MP*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
unicos*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
uts4*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
@ -138,12 +141,12 @@ if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
|
||||
# that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up
|
||||
# to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked
|
||||
# with the same dynamic library. Since this doesn't match the
|
||||
# behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we can use
|
||||
# behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we cannot use
|
||||
# them.
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
;;
|
||||
beos*)
|
||||
if $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
|
||||
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
|
||||
:
|
||||
else
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
@ -162,9 +165,9 @@ if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
|
||||
netbsd*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
solaris* | sysv5*)
|
||||
if $LD -v 2>&1 | egrep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
|
||||
if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
elif $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
|
||||
elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
|
||||
:
|
||||
else
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
@ -173,8 +176,15 @@ if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
|
||||
sunos4*)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
linux*)
|
||||
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
|
||||
:
|
||||
else
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
if $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
|
||||
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
|
||||
:
|
||||
else
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
@ -266,7 +276,7 @@ else
|
||||
# see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
;;
|
||||
bsdi4*)
|
||||
bsdi[45]*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
|
||||
# When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
|
||||
@ -277,8 +287,17 @@ else
|
||||
libext=lib
|
||||
;;
|
||||
darwin* | rhapsody*)
|
||||
if $CC -v 2>&1 | grep 'Apple' >/dev/null ; then
|
||||
hardcode_direct=no
|
||||
hardcode_direct=no
|
||||
if test "$GCC" = yes ; then
|
||||
:
|
||||
else
|
||||
case "$cc_basename" in
|
||||
xlc*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
dgux*)
|
||||
@ -295,7 +314,7 @@ else
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
freebsd*)
|
||||
freebsd* | kfreebsd*-gnu | dragonfly*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
@ -438,7 +457,7 @@ case "$host_os" in
|
||||
;;
|
||||
beos*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
bsdi4*)
|
||||
bsdi[45]*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
|
||||
shrext=.dll
|
||||
@ -450,6 +469,8 @@ case "$host_os" in
|
||||
;;
|
||||
freebsd1*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
kfreebsd*-gnu)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
freebsd*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
gnu*)
|
||||
@ -486,11 +507,13 @@ case "$host_os" in
|
||||
;;
|
||||
linux*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
knetbsd*-gnu)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
netbsd*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
newsos6)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
nto-qnx)
|
||||
nto-qnx*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
openbsd*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
@ -519,7 +542,7 @@ escaped_wl=`echo "X$wl" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
|
||||
shlibext=`echo "$shrext" | sed -e 's,^\.,,'`
|
||||
escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=`echo "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
|
||||
|
||||
sed -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=/acl_cv_\1=/' <<EOF
|
||||
LC_ALL=C sed -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=/acl_cv_\1=/' <<EOF
|
||||
|
||||
# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler.
|
||||
wl="$escaped_wl"
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
|
||||
dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
|
||||
AC_INIT
|
||||
AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(shadow, 4.0.8)
|
||||
AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(shadow, 4.0.9)
|
||||
AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h])
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Some hacks...
|
||||
|
||||
@ -41,7 +41,11 @@ host_triplet = @host@
|
||||
subdir = contrib
|
||||
DIST_COMMON = README $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
|
||||
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
|
||||
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
|
||||
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
|
||||
|
||||
@ -41,7 +41,11 @@ host_triplet = @host@
|
||||
subdir = doc
|
||||
DIST_COMMON = README $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
|
||||
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
|
||||
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
|
||||
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
|
||||
|
||||
@ -41,7 +41,11 @@ host_triplet = @host@
|
||||
subdir = etc
|
||||
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
|
||||
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
|
||||
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
|
||||
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
|
||||
|
||||
@ -41,7 +41,11 @@ host_triplet = @host@
|
||||
subdir = etc/pam.d
|
||||
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
|
||||
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
|
||||
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
|
||||
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
|
||||
|
||||
@ -41,7 +41,11 @@ host_triplet = @host@
|
||||
subdir = lib
|
||||
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
|
||||
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
|
||||
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
|
||||
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
|
||||
|
||||
@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "rcsid.h"
|
||||
RCSID ("$Id: encrypt.c,v 1.11 2005/04/06 02:59:22 kloczek Exp $")
|
||||
RCSID ("$Id: encrypt.c,v 1.12 2005/05/19 12:05:03 kloczek Exp $")
|
||||
#include <unistd.h>
|
||||
#include "prototypes.h"
|
||||
#include "defines.h"
|
||||
@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ char *pw_encrypt (const char *clear, const char *salt)
|
||||
static char cipher[128];
|
||||
char *cp;
|
||||
|
||||
crypt (clear, salt);
|
||||
cp = crypt (clear, salt);
|
||||
if (!cp) {
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Single Unix Spec: crypt() may return a null pointer,
|
||||
|
||||
40
lib/getdef.c
40
lib/getdef.c
@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "rcsid.h"
|
||||
RCSID ("$Id: getdef.c,v 1.28 2005/04/01 22:52:03 kloczek Exp $")
|
||||
RCSID ("$Id: getdef.c,v 1.29 2005/05/09 10:45:26 kloczek Exp $")
|
||||
#include "prototypes.h"
|
||||
#include "defines.h"
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
@ -45,10 +45,6 @@ struct itemdef {
|
||||
char *value; /* value given, or NULL if no value */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This list *must* be sorted by the "name" member.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define NUMDEFS (sizeof(def_table)/sizeof(def_table[0]))
|
||||
static struct itemdef def_table[] = {
|
||||
{"CHFN_RESTRICT", NULL},
|
||||
@ -118,7 +114,8 @@ static struct itemdef def_table[] = {
|
||||
{"UID_MAX", NULL},
|
||||
{"UID_MIN", NULL},
|
||||
{"UMASK", NULL},
|
||||
{"USERGROUPS_ENAB", NULL}
|
||||
{"USERGROUPS_ENAB", NULL},
|
||||
{NULL, NULL}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef LOGINDEFS
|
||||
@ -278,37 +275,24 @@ int putdef_str (const char *name, const char *value)
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* def_find - locate named item in table
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Search through a sorted table of configurable items to locate the
|
||||
* Search through a table of configurable items to locate the
|
||||
* specified configuration option.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
static struct itemdef *def_find (const char *name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int min, max, curr, n;
|
||||
int n;
|
||||
struct itemdef *ptr;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Invariant - desired item in range [min:max].
|
||||
* Search into the table.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
min = 0;
|
||||
max = NUMDEFS - 1;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Binary search into the table. Relies on the items being
|
||||
* sorted by name.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
while (min <= max) {
|
||||
curr = (min + max) / 2;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!(n = strcmp (def_table[curr].name, name)))
|
||||
return &def_table[curr];
|
||||
|
||||
if (n < 0)
|
||||
min = curr + 1;
|
||||
else
|
||||
max = curr - 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (ptr = def_table; ptr->name; ptr++) {
|
||||
if (!(n = strcmp (ptr->name, name)))
|
||||
return ptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Item was never found.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -41,7 +41,11 @@ host_triplet = @host@
|
||||
subdir = libmisc
|
||||
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in getdate.c
|
||||
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
|
||||
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
|
||||
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
|
||||
|
||||
549
m4/gettext.m4
Normal file
549
m4/gettext.m4
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,549 @@
|
||||
# gettext.m4 serial 36 (gettext-0.14.3)
|
||||
dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
|
||||
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
|
||||
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
|
||||
dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
|
||||
dnl functionality.
|
||||
dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
|
||||
dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
|
||||
dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
|
||||
dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Authors:
|
||||
dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000.
|
||||
dnl Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2003.
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Macro to add for using GNU gettext.
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT([INTLSYMBOL], [NEEDSYMBOL], [INTLDIR]).
|
||||
dnl INTLSYMBOL can be one of 'external', 'no-libtool', 'use-libtool'. The
|
||||
dnl default (if it is not specified or empty) is 'no-libtool'.
|
||||
dnl INTLSYMBOL should be 'external' for packages with no intl directory,
|
||||
dnl and 'no-libtool' or 'use-libtool' for packages with an intl directory.
|
||||
dnl If INTLSYMBOL is 'use-libtool', then a libtool library
|
||||
dnl $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.la will be created (shared and/or static,
|
||||
dnl depending on --{enable,disable}-{shared,static} and on the presence of
|
||||
dnl AM-DISABLE-SHARED). If INTLSYMBOL is 'no-libtool', a static library
|
||||
dnl $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a will be created.
|
||||
dnl If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is 'need-ngettext', then GNU gettext
|
||||
dnl implementations (in libc or libintl) without the ngettext() function
|
||||
dnl will be ignored. If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is
|
||||
dnl 'need-formatstring-macros', then GNU gettext implementations that don't
|
||||
dnl support the ISO C 99 <inttypes.h> formatstring macros will be ignored.
|
||||
dnl INTLDIR is used to find the intl libraries. If empty,
|
||||
dnl the value `$(top_builddir)/intl/' is used.
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
dnl The result of the configuration is one of three cases:
|
||||
dnl 1) GNU gettext, as included in the intl subdirectory, will be compiled
|
||||
dnl and used.
|
||||
dnl Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir)
|
||||
dnl Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree
|
||||
dnl 2) GNU gettext has been found in the system's C library.
|
||||
dnl Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir)
|
||||
dnl Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree
|
||||
dnl 3) No internationalization, always use English msgid.
|
||||
dnl Catalog format: none
|
||||
dnl Catalog extension: none
|
||||
dnl If INTLSYMBOL is 'external', only cases 2 and 3 can occur.
|
||||
dnl The use of .gmo is historical (it was needed to avoid overwriting the
|
||||
dnl GNU format catalogs when building on a platform with an X/Open gettext),
|
||||
dnl but we keep it in order not to force irrelevant filename changes on the
|
||||
dnl maintainers.
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT],
|
||||
[
|
||||
dnl Argument checking.
|
||||
ifelse([$1], [], , [ifelse([$1], [external], , [ifelse([$1], [no-libtool], , [ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], ,
|
||||
[errprint([ERROR: invalid first argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT
|
||||
])])])])])
|
||||
ifelse([$2], [], , [ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], , [ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], ,
|
||||
[errprint([ERROR: invalid second argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT
|
||||
])])])])
|
||||
define([gt_included_intl], ifelse([$1], [external], [no], [yes]))
|
||||
define([gt_libtool_suffix_prefix], ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], [l], []))
|
||||
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AM_PO_SUBDIRS])dnl
|
||||
ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AM_INTL_SUBDIR])dnl
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY.
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv.
|
||||
dnl Ideally we would do this search only after the
|
||||
dnl if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
|
||||
dnl if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" != "yes"; then
|
||||
dnl tests. But if configure.in invokes AM_ICONV after AM_GNU_GETTEXT
|
||||
dnl the configure script would need to contain the same shell code
|
||||
dnl again, outside any 'if'. There are two solutions:
|
||||
dnl - Invoke AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY here, outside any 'if'.
|
||||
dnl - Control the expansions in more detail using AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE.
|
||||
dnl Since AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE is only in autoconf >= 2.52 and not
|
||||
dnl documented, we avoid it.
|
||||
ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY])
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Sometimes, on MacOS X, libintl requires linking with CoreFoundation.
|
||||
gt_INTL_MACOSX
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Set USE_NLS.
|
||||
AM_NLS
|
||||
|
||||
ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
|
||||
BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
|
||||
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
|
||||
])
|
||||
LIBINTL=
|
||||
LTLIBINTL=
|
||||
POSUB=
|
||||
|
||||
dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
|
||||
if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
|
||||
gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=no
|
||||
ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested])
|
||||
AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext,
|
||||
[ --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here],
|
||||
nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval,
|
||||
nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no)
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext)
|
||||
|
||||
nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
|
||||
if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
|
||||
])
|
||||
dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library. Figure out what
|
||||
dnl to use. If GNU gettext is available we use this. Else we have
|
||||
dnl to fall back to GNU NLS library.
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Add a version number to the cache macros.
|
||||
define([gt_api_version], ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], 3, ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], 2, 1)))
|
||||
define([gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc], [gt_cv_func_gnugettext]gt_api_version[_libc])
|
||||
define([gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl], [gt_cv_func_gnugettext]gt_api_version[_libintl])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc,
|
||||
[AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
|
||||
]ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros],
|
||||
[#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION
|
||||
#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
changequote(,)dnl
|
||||
typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1];
|
||||
changequote([,])dnl
|
||||
], [])[extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
|
||||
extern int *_nl_domain_bindings;],
|
||||
[bindtextdomain ("", "");
|
||||
return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_domain_bindings],
|
||||
gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc=yes,
|
||||
gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc=no)])
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" != "yes"; then
|
||||
dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv.
|
||||
ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [
|
||||
AM_ICONV_LINK
|
||||
])
|
||||
dnl Search for libintl and define LIBINTL, LTLIBINTL and INCINTL
|
||||
dnl accordingly. Don't use AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl],[iconv])
|
||||
dnl because that would add "-liconv" to LIBINTL and LTLIBINTL
|
||||
dnl even if libiconv doesn't exist.
|
||||
AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl])
|
||||
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libintl],
|
||||
gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl,
|
||||
[gt_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
|
||||
CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $INCINTL"
|
||||
gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
|
||||
LIBS="$LIBS $LIBINTL"
|
||||
dnl Now see whether libintl exists and does not depend on libiconv.
|
||||
AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
|
||||
]ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros],
|
||||
[#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION
|
||||
#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
changequote(,)dnl
|
||||
typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1];
|
||||
changequote([,])dnl
|
||||
], [])[extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
|
||||
extern
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
"C"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
const char *_nl_expand_alias (const char *);],
|
||||
[bindtextdomain ("", "");
|
||||
return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias ("")],
|
||||
gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes,
|
||||
gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=no)
|
||||
dnl Now see whether libintl exists and depends on libiconv.
|
||||
if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" != yes && test -n "$LIBICONV"; then
|
||||
LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV"
|
||||
AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
|
||||
]ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros],
|
||||
[#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION
|
||||
#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
changequote(,)dnl
|
||||
typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1];
|
||||
changequote([,])dnl
|
||||
], [])[extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
|
||||
extern
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
"C"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
const char *_nl_expand_alias (const char *);],
|
||||
[bindtextdomain ("", "");
|
||||
return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias ("")],
|
||||
[LIBINTL="$LIBINTL $LIBICONV"
|
||||
LTLIBINTL="$LTLIBINTL $LTLIBICONV"
|
||||
gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes
|
||||
])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
CPPFLAGS="$gt_save_CPPFLAGS"
|
||||
LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl If an already present or preinstalled GNU gettext() is found,
|
||||
dnl use it. But if this macro is used in GNU gettext, and GNU
|
||||
dnl gettext is already preinstalled in libintl, we update this
|
||||
dnl libintl. (Cf. the install rule in intl/Makefile.in.)
|
||||
if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" = "yes" \
|
||||
|| { test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes" \
|
||||
&& test "$PACKAGE" != gettext-runtime \
|
||||
&& test "$PACKAGE" != gettext-tools; }; then
|
||||
gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=yes
|
||||
else
|
||||
dnl Reset the values set by searching for libintl.
|
||||
LIBINTL=
|
||||
LTLIBINTL=
|
||||
INCINTL=
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
|
||||
if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" != "yes"; then
|
||||
dnl GNU gettext is not found in the C library.
|
||||
dnl Fall back on included GNU gettext library.
|
||||
nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
|
||||
dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library.
|
||||
BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
|
||||
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
|
||||
LIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LIBICONV"
|
||||
LTLIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LTLIBICONV"
|
||||
LIBS=`echo " $LIBS " | sed -e 's/ -lintl / /' -e 's/^ //' -e 's/ $//'`
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
CATOBJEXT=
|
||||
if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \
|
||||
|| test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
|
||||
dnl Mark actions to use GNU gettext tools.
|
||||
CATOBJEXT=.gmo
|
||||
fi
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
if test -n "$INTL_MACOSX_LIBS"; then
|
||||
if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \
|
||||
|| test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
|
||||
dnl Some extra flags are needed during linking.
|
||||
LIBINTL="$LIBINTL $INTL_MACOSX_LIBS"
|
||||
LTLIBINTL="$LTLIBINTL $INTL_MACOSX_LIBS"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \
|
||||
|| test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS, 1,
|
||||
[Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native language
|
||||
is requested.])
|
||||
else
|
||||
USE_NLS=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use NLS])
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([$USE_NLS])
|
||||
if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([where the gettext function comes from])
|
||||
if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then
|
||||
if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
|
||||
gt_source="external libintl"
|
||||
else
|
||||
gt_source="libc"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
else
|
||||
gt_source="included intl directory"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([$gt_source])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then
|
||||
if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libintl])
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBINTL])
|
||||
AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCINTL])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl For backward compatibility. Some packages may be using this.
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT, 1,
|
||||
[Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled.])
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DCGETTEXT, 1,
|
||||
[Define if the GNU dcgettext() function is already present or preinstalled.])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl We need to process the po/ directory.
|
||||
POSUB=po
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
|
||||
dnl If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL
|
||||
dnl to 'yes' because some of the testsuite requires it.
|
||||
if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext-runtime || test "$PACKAGE" = gettext-tools; then
|
||||
BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
|
||||
AC_SUBST(BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT)
|
||||
|
||||
dnl For backward compatibility. Some configure.ins may be using this.
|
||||
nls_cv_header_intl=
|
||||
nls_cv_header_libgt=
|
||||
|
||||
dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
|
||||
DATADIRNAME=share
|
||||
AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME)
|
||||
|
||||
dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
|
||||
INSTOBJEXT=.mo
|
||||
AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT)
|
||||
|
||||
dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
|
||||
GENCAT=gencat
|
||||
AC_SUBST(GENCAT)
|
||||
|
||||
dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
|
||||
INTLOBJS=
|
||||
if test "$USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL" = yes; then
|
||||
INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS)
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Enable libtool support if the surrounding package wishes it.
|
||||
INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX=gt_libtool_suffix_prefix
|
||||
AC_SUBST(INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX)
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
|
||||
INTLLIBS="$LIBINTL"
|
||||
AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Make all documented variables known to autoconf.
|
||||
AC_SUBST(LIBINTL)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(LTLIBINTL)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(POSUB)
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Checks for all prerequisites of the intl subdirectory,
|
||||
dnl except for INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX (and possibly LIBTOOL), INTLOBJS,
|
||||
dnl USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL, BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL.
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([AM_INTL_SUBDIR],
|
||||
[
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AM_MKINSTALLDIRS])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([gt_GLIBC2])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([bh_C_SIGNED])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([gl_AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_LONGDOUBLE])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_WCHAR_T])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_WINT_T])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([gl_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([gl_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H])
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_INTMAX_T])
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([gt_PRINTF_POSIX])
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([gl_GLIBC21])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([gt_INTDIV0])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([gl_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([gt_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([gt_INTTYPES_PRI])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([gl_XSIZE])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([gt_INTL_MACOSX])dnl
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CHECK_TYPE([ptrdiff_t], ,
|
||||
[AC_DEFINE([ptrdiff_t], [long],
|
||||
[Define as the type of the result of subtracting two pointers, if the system doesn't define it.])
|
||||
])
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h stddef.h \
|
||||
stdlib.h string.h unistd.h sys/param.h])
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([asprintf fwprintf getcwd getegid geteuid getgid getuid \
|
||||
mempcpy munmap putenv setenv setlocale snprintf stpcpy strcasecmp strdup \
|
||||
strtoul tsearch wcslen __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next \
|
||||
__fsetlocking])
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Use the _snprintf function only if it is declared (because on NetBSD it
|
||||
dnl is defined as a weak alias of snprintf; we prefer to use the latter).
|
||||
gt_CHECK_DECL(_snprintf, [#include <stdio.h>])
|
||||
gt_CHECK_DECL(_snwprintf, [#include <stdio.h>])
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Use the *_unlocked functions only if they are declared.
|
||||
dnl (because some of them were defined without being declared in Solaris
|
||||
dnl 2.5.1 but were removed in Solaris 2.6, whereas we want binaries built
|
||||
dnl on Solaris 2.5.1 to run on Solaris 2.6).
|
||||
dnl Don't use AC_CHECK_DECLS because it isn't supported in autoconf-2.13.
|
||||
gt_CHECK_DECL(feof_unlocked, [#include <stdio.h>])
|
||||
gt_CHECK_DECL(fgets_unlocked, [#include <stdio.h>])
|
||||
gt_CHECK_DECL(getc_unlocked, [#include <stdio.h>])
|
||||
|
||||
case $gt_cv_func_printf_posix in
|
||||
*yes) HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF=1 ;;
|
||||
*) HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF=0 ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
AC_SUBST([HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF])
|
||||
if test "$ac_cv_func_asprintf" = yes; then
|
||||
HAVE_ASPRINTF=1
|
||||
else
|
||||
HAVE_ASPRINTF=0
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_SUBST([HAVE_ASPRINTF])
|
||||
if test "$ac_cv_func_snprintf" = yes; then
|
||||
HAVE_SNPRINTF=1
|
||||
else
|
||||
HAVE_SNPRINTF=0
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_SUBST([HAVE_SNPRINTF])
|
||||
if test "$ac_cv_func_wprintf" = yes; then
|
||||
HAVE_WPRINTF=1
|
||||
else
|
||||
HAVE_WPRINTF=0
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_SUBST([HAVE_WPRINTF])
|
||||
|
||||
AM_ICONV
|
||||
AM_LANGINFO_CODESET
|
||||
if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
|
||||
gt_LC_MESSAGES
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test -n "$INTL_MACOSX_LIBS"; then
|
||||
CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I/System/Library/Frameworks/CoreFoundation.framework/Headers"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl intl/plural.c is generated from intl/plural.y. It requires bison,
|
||||
dnl because plural.y uses bison specific features. It requires at least
|
||||
dnl bison-1.26 because earlier versions generate a plural.c that doesn't
|
||||
dnl compile.
|
||||
dnl bison is only needed for the maintainer (who touches plural.y). But in
|
||||
dnl order to avoid separate Makefiles or --enable-maintainer-mode, we put
|
||||
dnl the rule in general Makefile. Now, some people carelessly touch the
|
||||
dnl files or have a broken "make" program, hence the plural.c rule will
|
||||
dnl sometimes fire. To avoid an error, defines BISON to ":" if it is not
|
||||
dnl present or too old.
|
||||
AC_CHECK_PROGS([INTLBISON], [bison])
|
||||
if test -z "$INTLBISON"; then
|
||||
ac_verc_fail=yes
|
||||
else
|
||||
dnl Found it, now check the version.
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([version of bison])
|
||||
changequote(<<,>>)dnl
|
||||
ac_prog_version=`$INTLBISON --version 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^.*GNU Bison.* \([0-9]*\.[0-9.]*\).*$/\1/p'`
|
||||
case $ac_prog_version in
|
||||
'') ac_prog_version="v. ?.??, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;;
|
||||
1.2[6-9]* | 1.[3-9][0-9]* | [2-9].*)
|
||||
changequote([,])dnl
|
||||
ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, ok"; ac_verc_fail=no;;
|
||||
*) ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([$ac_prog_version])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test $ac_verc_fail = yes; then
|
||||
INTLBISON=:
|
||||
fi
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Checks for special options needed on MacOS X.
|
||||
dnl Defines INTL_MACOSX_LIBS.
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([gt_INTL_MACOSX],
|
||||
[
|
||||
dnl Check for API introduced in MacOS X 10.2.
|
||||
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for CFPreferencesCopyAppValue],
|
||||
gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue,
|
||||
[gt_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
|
||||
CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I/System/Library/Frameworks/CoreFoundation.framework/Headers"
|
||||
gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
|
||||
LIBS="$LIBS -framework CoreFoundation"
|
||||
AC_TRY_LINK([#include <CFPreferences.h>],
|
||||
[CFPreferencesCopyAppValue(NULL, NULL)],
|
||||
[gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue=yes],
|
||||
[gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue=no])
|
||||
CPPFLAGS="$gt_save_CPPFLAGS"
|
||||
LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"])
|
||||
if test $gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue = yes; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE], 1,
|
||||
[Define to 1 if you have the MacOS X function CFPreferencesCopyAppValue in the CoreFoundation framework.])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
dnl Check for API introduced in MacOS X 10.3.
|
||||
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for CFLocaleCopyCurrent], gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent,
|
||||
[gt_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
|
||||
CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I/System/Library/Frameworks/CoreFoundation.framework/Headers"
|
||||
gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
|
||||
LIBS="$LIBS -framework CoreFoundation"
|
||||
AC_TRY_LINK([#include <CFLocale.h>], [CFLocaleCopyCurrent();],
|
||||
[gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent=yes],
|
||||
[gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent=no])
|
||||
CPPFLAGS="$gt_save_CPPFLAGS"
|
||||
LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"])
|
||||
if test $gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent = yes; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYCURRENT], 1,
|
||||
[Define to 1 if you have the MacOS X function CFLocaleCopyCurrent in the CoreFoundation framework.])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
INTL_MACOSX_LIBS=
|
||||
if test $gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue = yes || test $gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent = yes; then
|
||||
INTL_MACOSX_LIBS="-Wl,-framework -Wl,CoreFoundation"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_SUBST([INTL_MACOSX_LIBS])
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
dnl gt_CHECK_DECL(FUNC, INCLUDES)
|
||||
dnl Check whether a function is declared.
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([gt_CHECK_DECL],
|
||||
[
|
||||
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether $1 is declared], ac_cv_have_decl_$1,
|
||||
[AC_TRY_COMPILE([$2], [
|
||||
#ifndef $1
|
||||
char *p = (char *) $1;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
], ac_cv_have_decl_$1=yes, ac_cv_have_decl_$1=no)])
|
||||
if test $ac_cv_have_decl_$1 = yes; then
|
||||
gt_value=1
|
||||
else
|
||||
gt_value=0
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([HAVE_DECL_]translit($1, [a-z], [A-Z]), [$gt_value],
|
||||
[Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `$1', and to 0 if you don't.])
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([gettext-version])
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION], [])
|
||||
101
m4/iconv.m4
Normal file
101
m4/iconv.m4
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
|
||||
# iconv.m4 serial AM4 (gettext-0.11.3)
|
||||
dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
|
||||
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
|
||||
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
||||
|
||||
dnl From Bruno Haible.
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY],
|
||||
[
|
||||
dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY.
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Search for libiconv and define LIBICONV, LTLIBICONV and INCICONV
|
||||
dnl accordingly.
|
||||
AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([iconv])
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINK],
|
||||
[
|
||||
dnl Some systems have iconv in libc, some have it in libiconv (OSF/1 and
|
||||
dnl those with the standalone portable GNU libiconv installed).
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Search for libiconv and define LIBICONV, LTLIBICONV and INCICONV
|
||||
dnl accordingly.
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY])
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Add $INCICONV to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks,
|
||||
dnl because if the user has installed libiconv and not disabled its use
|
||||
dnl via --without-libiconv-prefix, he wants to use it. The first
|
||||
dnl AC_TRY_LINK will then fail, the second AC_TRY_LINK will succeed.
|
||||
am_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
|
||||
AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCICONV])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CACHE_CHECK(for iconv, am_cv_func_iconv, [
|
||||
am_cv_func_iconv="no, consider installing GNU libiconv"
|
||||
am_cv_lib_iconv=no
|
||||
AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <iconv.h>],
|
||||
[iconv_t cd = iconv_open("","");
|
||||
iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL);
|
||||
iconv_close(cd);],
|
||||
am_cv_func_iconv=yes)
|
||||
if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" != yes; then
|
||||
am_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
|
||||
LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV"
|
||||
AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <iconv.h>],
|
||||
[iconv_t cd = iconv_open("","");
|
||||
iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL);
|
||||
iconv_close(cd);],
|
||||
am_cv_lib_iconv=yes
|
||||
am_cv_func_iconv=yes)
|
||||
LIBS="$am_save_LIBS"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
])
|
||||
if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ICONV, 1, [Define if you have the iconv() function.])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test "$am_cv_lib_iconv" = yes; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libiconv])
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBICONV])
|
||||
else
|
||||
dnl If $LIBICONV didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need $INCICONV
|
||||
dnl either.
|
||||
CPPFLAGS="$am_save_CPPFLAGS"
|
||||
LIBICONV=
|
||||
LTLIBICONV=
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_SUBST(LIBICONV)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(LTLIBICONV)
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV],
|
||||
[
|
||||
AM_ICONV_LINK
|
||||
if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for iconv declaration])
|
||||
AC_CACHE_VAL(am_cv_proto_iconv, [
|
||||
AC_TRY_COMPILE([
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <iconv.h>
|
||||
extern
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
"C"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
size_t iconv();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
], [], am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="", am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="const")
|
||||
am_cv_proto_iconv="extern size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1 char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);"])
|
||||
am_cv_proto_iconv=`echo "[$]am_cv_proto_iconv" | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/( /(/'`
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([$]{ac_t:-
|
||||
}[$]am_cv_proto_iconv)
|
||||
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(ICONV_CONST, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1,
|
||||
[Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const.])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
])
|
||||
110
m4/lib-ld.m4
Normal file
110
m4/lib-ld.m4
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
|
||||
# lib-ld.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.13)
|
||||
dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
|
||||
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
|
||||
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Subroutines of libtool.m4,
|
||||
dnl with replacements s/AC_/AC_LIB/ and s/lt_cv/acl_cv/ to avoid collision
|
||||
dnl with libtool.m4.
|
||||
|
||||
dnl From libtool-1.4. Sets the variable with_gnu_ld to yes or no.
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU],
|
||||
[AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld,
|
||||
[# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
|
||||
case `$LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in
|
||||
*GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
|
||||
acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes ;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no ;;
|
||||
esac])
|
||||
with_gnu_ld=$acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
dnl From libtool-1.4. Sets the variable LD.
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD],
|
||||
[AC_ARG_WITH(gnu-ld,
|
||||
[ --with-gnu-ld assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no]],
|
||||
test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes, with_gnu_ld=no)
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
|
||||
# Prepare PATH_SEPARATOR.
|
||||
# The user is always right.
|
||||
if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
|
||||
echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh
|
||||
echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh
|
||||
chmod +x conf$$.sh
|
||||
if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
|
||||
PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
|
||||
else
|
||||
PATH_SEPARATOR=:
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -f conf$$.sh
|
||||
fi
|
||||
ac_prog=ld
|
||||
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
|
||||
# Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path.
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by GCC])
|
||||
case $host in
|
||||
*-*-mingw*)
|
||||
# gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw
|
||||
ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
case $ac_prog in
|
||||
# Accept absolute paths.
|
||||
[[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*)]
|
||||
[re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./']
|
||||
# Canonicalize the path of ld
|
||||
ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed 's%\\\\%/%g'`
|
||||
while echo $ac_prog | grep "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do
|
||||
ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed "s%$re_direlt%/%"`
|
||||
done
|
||||
test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
"")
|
||||
# If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC.
|
||||
ac_prog=ld
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
# If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH.
|
||||
with_gnu_ld=unknown
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld])
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_CACHE_VAL(acl_cv_path_LD,
|
||||
[if test -z "$LD"; then
|
||||
IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}"
|
||||
for ac_dir in $PATH; do
|
||||
test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
|
||||
if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then
|
||||
acl_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog"
|
||||
# Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version,
|
||||
# but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
|
||||
# Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer.
|
||||
case `"$acl_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 < /dev/null` in
|
||||
*GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
|
||||
test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break ;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
|
||||
else
|
||||
acl_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
|
||||
fi])
|
||||
LD="$acl_cv_path_LD"
|
||||
if test -n "$LD"; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT($LD)
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
test -z "$LD" && AC_MSG_ERROR([no acceptable ld found in \$PATH])
|
||||
AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU
|
||||
])
|
||||
553
m4/lib-link.m4
Normal file
553
m4/lib-link.m4
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,553 @@
|
||||
# lib-link.m4 serial 6 (gettext-0.14.3)
|
||||
dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
|
||||
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
|
||||
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
||||
|
||||
dnl From Bruno Haible.
|
||||
|
||||
AC_PREREQ(2.50)
|
||||
|
||||
dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and
|
||||
dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies.
|
||||
dnl Sets and AC_SUBSTs the LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} variables and
|
||||
dnl augments the CPPFLAGS variable.
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS],
|
||||
[
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
|
||||
define([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])])
|
||||
define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
|
||||
[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
|
||||
AC_CACHE_CHECK([how to link with lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs], [
|
||||
AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2])
|
||||
ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs="$LIB[]NAME"
|
||||
ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs="$LTLIB[]NAME"
|
||||
ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags="$INC[]NAME"
|
||||
])
|
||||
LIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs"
|
||||
LTLIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs"
|
||||
INC[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags"
|
||||
AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME)
|
||||
AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME)
|
||||
AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME)
|
||||
dnl Also set HAVE_LIB[]NAME so that AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS can reuse the
|
||||
dnl results of this search when this library appears as a dependency.
|
||||
HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes
|
||||
undefine([Name])
|
||||
undefine([NAME])
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
dnl AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS(name, dependencies, includes, testcode)
|
||||
dnl searches for libname and the libraries corresponding to explicit and
|
||||
dnl implicit dependencies, together with the specified include files and
|
||||
dnl the ability to compile and link the specified testcode. If found, it
|
||||
dnl sets and AC_SUBSTs HAVE_LIB${NAME}=yes and the LIB${NAME} and
|
||||
dnl LTLIB${NAME} variables and augments the CPPFLAGS variable, and
|
||||
dnl #defines HAVE_LIB${NAME} to 1. Otherwise, it sets and AC_SUBSTs
|
||||
dnl HAVE_LIB${NAME}=no and LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} to empty.
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS],
|
||||
[
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
|
||||
define([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])])
|
||||
define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
|
||||
[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Search for lib[]Name and define LIB[]NAME, LTLIB[]NAME and INC[]NAME
|
||||
dnl accordingly.
|
||||
AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2])
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Add $INC[]NAME to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks,
|
||||
dnl because if the user has installed lib[]Name and not disabled its use
|
||||
dnl via --without-lib[]Name-prefix, he wants to use it.
|
||||
ac_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
|
||||
AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME)
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name], [
|
||||
ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
|
||||
LIBS="$LIBS $LIB[]NAME"
|
||||
AC_TRY_LINK([$3], [$4], [ac_cv_lib[]Name=yes], [ac_cv_lib[]Name=no])
|
||||
LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
|
||||
])
|
||||
if test "$ac_cv_lib[]Name" = yes; then
|
||||
HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIB]NAME, 1, [Define if you have the $1 library.])
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with lib[]$1])
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIB[]NAME])
|
||||
else
|
||||
HAVE_LIB[]NAME=no
|
||||
dnl If $LIB[]NAME didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need
|
||||
dnl $INC[]NAME either.
|
||||
CPPFLAGS="$ac_save_CPPFLAGS"
|
||||
LIB[]NAME=
|
||||
LTLIB[]NAME=
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_SUBST([HAVE_LIB]NAME)
|
||||
AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME)
|
||||
AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME)
|
||||
undefine([Name])
|
||||
undefine([NAME])
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Determine the platform dependent parameters needed to use rpath:
|
||||
dnl libext, shlibext, hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, hardcode_libdir_separator,
|
||||
dnl hardcode_direct, hardcode_minus_L.
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_RPATH],
|
||||
[
|
||||
dnl Tell automake >= 1.10 to complain if config.rpath is missing.
|
||||
m4_ifdef([AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE], [AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([config.rpath])])
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC]) dnl we use $CC, $GCC, $LDFLAGS
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PROG_LD]) dnl we use $LD, $with_gnu_ld
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST]) dnl we use $host
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR_DEFAULT]) dnl we use $ac_aux_dir
|
||||
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for shared library run path origin], acl_cv_rpath, [
|
||||
CC="$CC" GCC="$GCC" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LD="$LD" with_gnu_ld="$with_gnu_ld" \
|
||||
${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} "$ac_aux_dir/config.rpath" "$host" > conftest.sh
|
||||
. ./conftest.sh
|
||||
rm -f ./conftest.sh
|
||||
acl_cv_rpath=done
|
||||
])
|
||||
wl="$acl_cv_wl"
|
||||
libext="$acl_cv_libext"
|
||||
shlibext="$acl_cv_shlibext"
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_separator"
|
||||
hardcode_direct="$acl_cv_hardcode_direct"
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L="$acl_cv_hardcode_minus_L"
|
||||
dnl Determine whether the user wants rpath handling at all.
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(rpath,
|
||||
[ --disable-rpath do not hardcode runtime library paths],
|
||||
:, enable_rpath=yes)
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and
|
||||
dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies.
|
||||
dnl Sets the LIB${NAME}, LTLIB${NAME} and INC${NAME} variables.
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY],
|
||||
[
|
||||
define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
|
||||
[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
|
||||
dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir.
|
||||
use_additional=yes
|
||||
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
|
||||
eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
|
||||
eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
|
||||
])
|
||||
AC_LIB_ARG_WITH([lib$1-prefix],
|
||||
[ --with-lib$1-prefix[=DIR] search for lib$1 in DIR/include and DIR/lib
|
||||
--without-lib$1-prefix don't search for lib$1 in includedir and libdir],
|
||||
[
|
||||
if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then
|
||||
use_additional=no
|
||||
else
|
||||
if test "X$withval" = "X"; then
|
||||
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
|
||||
eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
|
||||
eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
|
||||
])
|
||||
else
|
||||
additional_includedir="$withval/include"
|
||||
additional_libdir="$withval/lib"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
])
|
||||
dnl Search the library and its dependencies in $additional_libdir and
|
||||
dnl $LDFLAGS. Using breadth-first-seach.
|
||||
LIB[]NAME=
|
||||
LTLIB[]NAME=
|
||||
INC[]NAME=
|
||||
rpathdirs=
|
||||
ltrpathdirs=
|
||||
names_already_handled=
|
||||
names_next_round='$1 $2'
|
||||
while test -n "$names_next_round"; do
|
||||
names_this_round="$names_next_round"
|
||||
names_next_round=
|
||||
for name in $names_this_round; do
|
||||
already_handled=
|
||||
for n in $names_already_handled; do
|
||||
if test "$n" = "$name"; then
|
||||
already_handled=yes
|
||||
break
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
if test -z "$already_handled"; then
|
||||
names_already_handled="$names_already_handled $name"
|
||||
dnl See if it was already located by an earlier AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS
|
||||
dnl or AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS call.
|
||||
uppername=`echo "$name" | sed -e 'y|abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-|ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___|'`
|
||||
eval value=\"\$HAVE_LIB$uppername\"
|
||||
if test -n "$value"; then
|
||||
if test "$value" = yes; then
|
||||
eval value=\"\$LIB$uppername\"
|
||||
test -z "$value" || LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$value"
|
||||
eval value=\"\$LTLIB$uppername\"
|
||||
test -z "$value" || LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$value"
|
||||
else
|
||||
dnl An earlier call to AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS has determined
|
||||
dnl that this library doesn't exist. So just drop it.
|
||||
:
|
||||
fi
|
||||
else
|
||||
dnl Search the library lib$name in $additional_libdir and $LDFLAGS
|
||||
dnl and the already constructed $LIBNAME/$LTLIBNAME.
|
||||
found_dir=
|
||||
found_la=
|
||||
found_so=
|
||||
found_a=
|
||||
if test $use_additional = yes; then
|
||||
if test -n "$shlibext" && test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then
|
||||
found_dir="$additional_libdir"
|
||||
found_so="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"
|
||||
if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then
|
||||
found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
else
|
||||
if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$libext"; then
|
||||
found_dir="$additional_libdir"
|
||||
found_a="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$libext"
|
||||
if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then
|
||||
found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then
|
||||
for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do
|
||||
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
|
||||
case "$x" in
|
||||
-L*)
|
||||
dir=`echo "X$x" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'`
|
||||
if test -n "$shlibext" && test -f "$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then
|
||||
found_dir="$dir"
|
||||
found_so="$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"
|
||||
if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then
|
||||
found_la="$dir/lib$name.la"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
else
|
||||
if test -f "$dir/lib$name.$libext"; then
|
||||
found_dir="$dir"
|
||||
found_a="$dir/lib$name.$libext"
|
||||
if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then
|
||||
found_la="$dir/lib$name.la"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
|
||||
break
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
|
||||
dnl Found the library.
|
||||
LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name"
|
||||
if test "X$found_so" != "X"; then
|
||||
dnl Linking with a shared library. We attempt to hardcode its
|
||||
dnl directory into the executable's runpath, unless it's the
|
||||
dnl standard /usr/lib.
|
||||
if test "$enable_rpath" = no || test "X$found_dir" = "X/usr/lib"; then
|
||||
dnl No hardcoding is needed.
|
||||
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
|
||||
else
|
||||
dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting
|
||||
dnl binary.
|
||||
dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs.
|
||||
dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end.
|
||||
haveit=
|
||||
for x in $ltrpathdirs; do
|
||||
if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then
|
||||
haveit=yes
|
||||
break
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
if test -z "$haveit"; then
|
||||
ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $found_dir"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
dnl The hardcoding into $LIBNAME is system dependent.
|
||||
if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes; then
|
||||
dnl Using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the
|
||||
dnl resulting binary.
|
||||
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
|
||||
else
|
||||
if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" && test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then
|
||||
dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting
|
||||
dnl binary.
|
||||
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
|
||||
dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs.
|
||||
dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end.
|
||||
haveit=
|
||||
for x in $rpathdirs; do
|
||||
if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then
|
||||
haveit=yes
|
||||
break
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
if test -z "$haveit"; then
|
||||
rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $found_dir"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
else
|
||||
dnl Rely on "-L$found_dir".
|
||||
dnl But don't add it if it's already contained in the LDFLAGS
|
||||
dnl or the already constructed $LIBNAME
|
||||
haveit=
|
||||
for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do
|
||||
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
|
||||
if test "X$x" = "X-L$found_dir"; then
|
||||
haveit=yes
|
||||
break
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
if test -z "$haveit"; then
|
||||
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test "$hardcode_minus_L" != no; then
|
||||
dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use
|
||||
dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so"
|
||||
dnl here.
|
||||
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
|
||||
else
|
||||
dnl We cannot use $hardcode_runpath_var and LD_RUN_PATH
|
||||
dnl here, because this doesn't fit in flags passed to the
|
||||
dnl compiler. So give up. No hardcoding. This affects only
|
||||
dnl very old systems.
|
||||
dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use
|
||||
dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so"
|
||||
dnl here.
|
||||
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
else
|
||||
if test "X$found_a" != "X"; then
|
||||
dnl Linking with a static library.
|
||||
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_a"
|
||||
else
|
||||
dnl We shouldn't come here, but anyway it's good to have a
|
||||
dnl fallback.
|
||||
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
dnl Assume the include files are nearby.
|
||||
additional_includedir=
|
||||
case "$found_dir" in
|
||||
*/lib | */lib/)
|
||||
basedir=`echo "X$found_dir" | sed -e 's,^X,,' -e 's,/lib/*$,,'`
|
||||
additional_includedir="$basedir/include"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X"; then
|
||||
dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME.
|
||||
dnl But don't add it
|
||||
dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/include,
|
||||
dnl 2. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux,
|
||||
dnl 3. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS or the already
|
||||
dnl constructed $INCNAME,
|
||||
dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
|
||||
if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then
|
||||
haveit=
|
||||
if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then
|
||||
if test -n "$GCC"; then
|
||||
case $host_os in
|
||||
linux* | gnu* | k*bsd*-gnu) haveit=yes;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test -z "$haveit"; then
|
||||
for x in $CPPFLAGS $INC[]NAME; do
|
||||
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
|
||||
if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then
|
||||
haveit=yes
|
||||
break
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
if test -z "$haveit"; then
|
||||
if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then
|
||||
dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME.
|
||||
INC[]NAME="${INC[]NAME}${INC[]NAME:+ }-I$additional_includedir"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
dnl Look for dependencies.
|
||||
if test -n "$found_la"; then
|
||||
dnl Read the .la file. It defines the variables
|
||||
dnl dlname, library_names, old_library, dependency_libs, current,
|
||||
dnl age, revision, installed, dlopen, dlpreopen, libdir.
|
||||
save_libdir="$libdir"
|
||||
case "$found_la" in
|
||||
*/* | *\\*) . "$found_la" ;;
|
||||
*) . "./$found_la" ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
libdir="$save_libdir"
|
||||
dnl We use only dependency_libs.
|
||||
for dep in $dependency_libs; do
|
||||
case "$dep" in
|
||||
-L*)
|
||||
additional_libdir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'`
|
||||
dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME and $LTLIBNAME.
|
||||
dnl But don't add it
|
||||
dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/lib,
|
||||
dnl 2. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux,
|
||||
dnl 3. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS or the already
|
||||
dnl constructed $LIBNAME,
|
||||
dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
|
||||
if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/lib"; then
|
||||
haveit=
|
||||
if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/lib"; then
|
||||
if test -n "$GCC"; then
|
||||
case $host_os in
|
||||
linux* | gnu* | k*bsd*-gnu) haveit=yes;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test -z "$haveit"; then
|
||||
haveit=
|
||||
for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do
|
||||
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
|
||||
if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
|
||||
haveit=yes
|
||||
break
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
if test -z "$haveit"; then
|
||||
if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
|
||||
dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME.
|
||||
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
haveit=
|
||||
for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do
|
||||
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
|
||||
if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
|
||||
haveit=yes
|
||||
break
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
if test -z "$haveit"; then
|
||||
if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
|
||||
dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LTLIBNAME.
|
||||
LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
-R*)
|
||||
dir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-R//'`
|
||||
if test "$enable_rpath" != no; then
|
||||
dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs.
|
||||
dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end.
|
||||
haveit=
|
||||
for x in $rpathdirs; do
|
||||
if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then
|
||||
haveit=yes
|
||||
break
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
if test -z "$haveit"; then
|
||||
rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs.
|
||||
dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end.
|
||||
haveit=
|
||||
for x in $ltrpathdirs; do
|
||||
if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then
|
||||
haveit=yes
|
||||
break
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
if test -z "$haveit"; then
|
||||
ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $dir"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
-l*)
|
||||
dnl Handle this in the next round.
|
||||
names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-l//'`
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*.la)
|
||||
dnl Handle this in the next round. Throw away the .la's
|
||||
dnl directory; it is already contained in a preceding -L
|
||||
dnl option.
|
||||
names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's,^X.*/,,' -e 's,^lib,,' -e 's,\.la$,,'`
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
dnl Most likely an immediate library name.
|
||||
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$dep"
|
||||
LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$dep"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
fi
|
||||
else
|
||||
dnl Didn't find the library; assume it is in the system directories
|
||||
dnl known to the linker and runtime loader. (All the system
|
||||
dnl directories known to the linker should also be known to the
|
||||
dnl runtime loader, otherwise the system is severely misconfigured.)
|
||||
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
|
||||
LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
done
|
||||
if test "X$rpathdirs" != "X"; then
|
||||
if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
|
||||
dnl Weird platform: only the last -rpath option counts, the user must
|
||||
dnl pass all path elements in one option. We can arrange that for a
|
||||
dnl single library, but not when more than one $LIBNAMEs are used.
|
||||
alldirs=
|
||||
for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do
|
||||
alldirs="${alldirs}${alldirs:+$hardcode_libdir_separator}$found_dir"
|
||||
done
|
||||
dnl Note: hardcode_libdir_flag_spec uses $libdir and $wl.
|
||||
acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
|
||||
libdir="$alldirs"
|
||||
eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
|
||||
libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
|
||||
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag"
|
||||
else
|
||||
dnl The -rpath options are cumulative.
|
||||
for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do
|
||||
acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
|
||||
libdir="$found_dir"
|
||||
eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
|
||||
libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
|
||||
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag"
|
||||
done
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test "X$ltrpathdirs" != "X"; then
|
||||
dnl When using libtool, the option that works for both libraries and
|
||||
dnl executables is -R. The -R options are cumulative.
|
||||
for found_dir in $ltrpathdirs; do
|
||||
LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-R$found_dir"
|
||||
done
|
||||
fi
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
dnl AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR(VAR, CONTENTS) appends the elements of CONTENTS to VAR,
|
||||
dnl unless already present in VAR.
|
||||
dnl Works only for CPPFLAGS, not for LIB* variables because that sometimes
|
||||
dnl contains two or three consecutive elements that belong together.
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR],
|
||||
[
|
||||
for element in [$2]; do
|
||||
haveit=
|
||||
for x in $[$1]; do
|
||||
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
|
||||
if test "X$x" = "X$element"; then
|
||||
haveit=yes
|
||||
break
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
if test -z "$haveit"; then
|
||||
[$1]="${[$1]}${[$1]:+ }$element"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
])
|
||||
153
m4/lib-prefix.m4
Normal file
153
m4/lib-prefix.m4
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
|
||||
# lib-prefix.m4 serial 4 (gettext-0.14.2)
|
||||
dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
|
||||
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
|
||||
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
||||
|
||||
dnl From Bruno Haible.
|
||||
|
||||
dnl AC_LIB_ARG_WITH is synonymous to AC_ARG_WITH in autoconf-2.13, and
|
||||
dnl similar to AC_ARG_WITH in autoconf 2.52...2.57 except that is doesn't
|
||||
dnl require excessive bracketing.
|
||||
ifdef([AC_HELP_STRING],
|
||||
[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_ARG_WITH], [AC_ARG_WITH([$1],[[$2]],[$3],[$4])])],
|
||||
[AC_DEFUN([AC_][LIB_ARG_WITH], [AC_ARG_WITH([$1],[$2],[$3],[$4])])])
|
||||
|
||||
dnl AC_LIB_PREFIX adds to the CPPFLAGS and LDFLAGS the flags that are needed
|
||||
dnl to access previously installed libraries. The basic assumption is that
|
||||
dnl a user will want packages to use other packages he previously installed
|
||||
dnl with the same --prefix option.
|
||||
dnl This macro is not needed if only AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS is used to locate
|
||||
dnl libraries, but is otherwise very convenient.
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREFIX],
|
||||
[
|
||||
AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS])
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
|
||||
dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir.
|
||||
use_additional=yes
|
||||
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
|
||||
eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
|
||||
eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
|
||||
])
|
||||
AC_LIB_ARG_WITH([lib-prefix],
|
||||
[ --with-lib-prefix[=DIR] search for libraries in DIR/include and DIR/lib
|
||||
--without-lib-prefix don't search for libraries in includedir and libdir],
|
||||
[
|
||||
if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then
|
||||
use_additional=no
|
||||
else
|
||||
if test "X$withval" = "X"; then
|
||||
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
|
||||
eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
|
||||
eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
|
||||
])
|
||||
else
|
||||
additional_includedir="$withval/include"
|
||||
additional_libdir="$withval/lib"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
])
|
||||
if test $use_additional = yes; then
|
||||
dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS.
|
||||
dnl But don't add it
|
||||
dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/include,
|
||||
dnl 2. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS,
|
||||
dnl 3. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux,
|
||||
dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
|
||||
if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then
|
||||
haveit=
|
||||
for x in $CPPFLAGS; do
|
||||
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
|
||||
if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then
|
||||
haveit=yes
|
||||
break
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
if test -z "$haveit"; then
|
||||
if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then
|
||||
if test -n "$GCC"; then
|
||||
case $host_os in
|
||||
linux* | gnu* | k*bsd*-gnu) haveit=yes;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test -z "$haveit"; then
|
||||
if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then
|
||||
dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS.
|
||||
CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}${CPPFLAGS:+ }-I$additional_includedir"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS.
|
||||
dnl But don't add it
|
||||
dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/lib,
|
||||
dnl 2. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS,
|
||||
dnl 3. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux,
|
||||
dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
|
||||
if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/lib"; then
|
||||
haveit=
|
||||
for x in $LDFLAGS; do
|
||||
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
|
||||
if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
|
||||
haveit=yes
|
||||
break
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
if test -z "$haveit"; then
|
||||
if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/lib"; then
|
||||
if test -n "$GCC"; then
|
||||
case $host_os in
|
||||
linux*) haveit=yes;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test -z "$haveit"; then
|
||||
if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
|
||||
dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS.
|
||||
LDFLAGS="${LDFLAGS}${LDFLAGS:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
dnl AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX creates variables acl_final_prefix,
|
||||
dnl acl_final_exec_prefix, containing the values to which $prefix and
|
||||
dnl $exec_prefix will expand at the end of the configure script.
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX],
|
||||
[
|
||||
dnl Unfortunately, prefix and exec_prefix get only finally determined
|
||||
dnl at the end of configure.
|
||||
if test "X$prefix" = "XNONE"; then
|
||||
acl_final_prefix="$ac_default_prefix"
|
||||
else
|
||||
acl_final_prefix="$prefix"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test "X$exec_prefix" = "XNONE"; then
|
||||
acl_final_exec_prefix='${prefix}'
|
||||
else
|
||||
acl_final_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
|
||||
prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
|
||||
eval acl_final_exec_prefix=\"$acl_final_exec_prefix\"
|
||||
prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
dnl AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([statement]) evaluates statement, with the
|
||||
dnl variables prefix and exec_prefix bound to the values they will have
|
||||
dnl at the end of the configure script.
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX],
|
||||
[
|
||||
acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
|
||||
prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
|
||||
acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
|
||||
exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix"
|
||||
$1
|
||||
exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix"
|
||||
prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
|
||||
])
|
||||
51
m4/nls.m4
Normal file
51
m4/nls.m4
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
|
||||
# nls.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.14.3)
|
||||
dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
|
||||
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
|
||||
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
|
||||
dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
|
||||
dnl functionality.
|
||||
dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
|
||||
dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
|
||||
dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
|
||||
dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Authors:
|
||||
dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000.
|
||||
dnl Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2003.
|
||||
|
||||
AC_PREREQ(2.50)
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([AM_NLS],
|
||||
[
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
|
||||
dnl Default is enabled NLS
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
|
||||
[ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support],
|
||||
USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(USE_NLS)
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([AM_MKINSTALLDIRS],
|
||||
[
|
||||
dnl Tell automake >= 1.10 to complain if mkinstalldirs is missing.
|
||||
m4_ifdef([AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE], [AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([mkinstalldirs])])
|
||||
dnl If the AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro for autoconf is used we possibly
|
||||
dnl find the mkinstalldirs script in another subdir but $(top_srcdir).
|
||||
dnl Try to locate it.
|
||||
MKINSTALLDIRS=
|
||||
if test -n "$ac_aux_dir"; then
|
||||
case "$ac_aux_dir" in
|
||||
/*) MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs" ;;
|
||||
*) MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_builddir)/$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs" ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test -z "$MKINSTALLDIRS"; then
|
||||
MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS)
|
||||
])
|
||||
429
m4/po.m4
Normal file
429
m4/po.m4
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,429 @@
|
||||
# po.m4 serial 7 (gettext-0.14.3)
|
||||
dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
|
||||
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
|
||||
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
|
||||
dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
|
||||
dnl functionality.
|
||||
dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
|
||||
dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
|
||||
dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
|
||||
dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Authors:
|
||||
dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000.
|
||||
dnl Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2003.
|
||||
|
||||
AC_PREREQ(2.50)
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Checks for all prerequisites of the po subdirectory.
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([AM_PO_SUBDIRS],
|
||||
[
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AM_MKINSTALLDIRS])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AM_NLS])dnl
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Perform the following tests also if --disable-nls has been given,
|
||||
dnl because they are needed for "make dist" to work.
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Search for GNU msgfmt in the PATH.
|
||||
dnl The first test excludes Solaris msgfmt and early GNU msgfmt versions.
|
||||
dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD msgfmt.
|
||||
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
|
||||
[$ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null >&]AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD[ 2>&1 &&
|
||||
(if $ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)],
|
||||
:)
|
||||
AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Search for GNU xgettext 0.12 or newer in the PATH.
|
||||
dnl The first test excludes Solaris xgettext and early GNU xgettext versions.
|
||||
dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD xgettext.
|
||||
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
|
||||
[$ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null >&]AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD[ 2>&1 &&
|
||||
(if $ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)],
|
||||
:)
|
||||
dnl Remove leftover from FreeBSD xgettext call.
|
||||
rm -f messages.po
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Search for GNU msgmerge 0.11 or newer in the PATH.
|
||||
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGMERGE, msgmerge,
|
||||
[$ac_dir/$ac_word --update -q /dev/null /dev/null >&]AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD[ 2>&1], :)
|
||||
|
||||
dnl This could go away some day; the PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST already does it.
|
||||
dnl Test whether we really found GNU msgfmt.
|
||||
if test "$GMSGFMT" != ":"; then
|
||||
dnl If it is no GNU msgfmt we define it as : so that the
|
||||
dnl Makefiles still can work.
|
||||
if $GMSGFMT --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
|
||||
(if $GMSGFMT --statistics /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi); then
|
||||
: ;
|
||||
else
|
||||
GMSGFMT=`echo "$GMSGFMT" | sed -e 's,^.*/,,'`
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(
|
||||
[found $GMSGFMT program is not GNU msgfmt; ignore it])
|
||||
GMSGFMT=":"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl This could go away some day; the PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST already does it.
|
||||
dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext.
|
||||
if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
|
||||
dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the
|
||||
dnl Makefiles still can work.
|
||||
if $XGETTEXT --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
|
||||
(if $XGETTEXT --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi); then
|
||||
: ;
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(
|
||||
[found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it])
|
||||
XGETTEXT=":"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
dnl Remove leftover from FreeBSD xgettext call.
|
||||
rm -f messages.po
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([
|
||||
for ac_file in $CONFIG_FILES; do
|
||||
# Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]"
|
||||
case "$ac_file" in
|
||||
*:*) ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
# PO directories have a Makefile.in generated from Makefile.in.in.
|
||||
case "$ac_file" in */Makefile.in)
|
||||
# Adjust a relative srcdir.
|
||||
ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
|
||||
ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
|
||||
ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
|
||||
# In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir.
|
||||
# In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir.
|
||||
test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir"
|
||||
case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
|
||||
.) top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;;
|
||||
/*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
|
||||
*) top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
# Treat a directory as a PO directory if and only if it has a
|
||||
# POTFILES.in file. This allows packages to have multiple PO
|
||||
# directories under different names or in different locations.
|
||||
if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in"; then
|
||||
rm -f "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
|
||||
test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" || echo "creating $ac_dir/POTFILES"
|
||||
cat "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in" | sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^[ ]*\$/d" -e "s,.*, $top_srcdir/& \\\\," | sed -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" > "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
|
||||
POMAKEFILEDEPS="POTFILES.in"
|
||||
# ALL_LINGUAS, POFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, GMOFILES depend
|
||||
# on $ac_dir but don't depend on user-specified configuration
|
||||
# parameters.
|
||||
if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"; then
|
||||
# The LINGUAS file contains the set of available languages.
|
||||
if test -n "$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS"; then
|
||||
test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" || echo "setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -e "/^#/d" -e "s/#.*//" "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"`
|
||||
# Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assigment from automake.
|
||||
eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$ALL_LINGUAS_'
|
||||
POMAKEFILEDEPS="$POMAKEFILEDEPS LINGUAS"
|
||||
else
|
||||
# The set of available languages was given in configure.in.
|
||||
eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS'
|
||||
fi
|
||||
# Compute POFILES
|
||||
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).po)
|
||||
# Compute UPDATEPOFILES
|
||||
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).po-update)
|
||||
# Compute DUMMYPOFILES
|
||||
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).nop)
|
||||
# Compute GMOFILES
|
||||
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).gmo)
|
||||
case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
|
||||
.) srcdirpre= ;;
|
||||
*) srcdirpre='$(srcdir)/' ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
POFILES=
|
||||
UPDATEPOFILES=
|
||||
DUMMYPOFILES=
|
||||
GMOFILES=
|
||||
for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
|
||||
POFILES="$POFILES $srcdirpre$lang.po"
|
||||
UPDATEPOFILES="$UPDATEPOFILES $lang.po-update"
|
||||
DUMMYPOFILES="$DUMMYPOFILES $lang.nop"
|
||||
GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $srcdirpre$lang.gmo"
|
||||
done
|
||||
# CATALOGS depends on both $ac_dir and the user's LINGUAS
|
||||
# environment variable.
|
||||
INST_LINGUAS=
|
||||
if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then
|
||||
for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
|
||||
useit=no
|
||||
if test "%UNSET%" != "$LINGUAS"; then
|
||||
desiredlanguages="$LINGUAS"
|
||||
else
|
||||
desiredlanguages="$ALL_LINGUAS"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
for desiredlang in $desiredlanguages; do
|
||||
# Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is
|
||||
# a. equal to presentlang, or
|
||||
# b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case,
|
||||
# presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages
|
||||
# which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog).
|
||||
case "$desiredlang" in
|
||||
"$presentlang"*) useit=yes;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
if test $useit = yes; then
|
||||
INST_LINGUAS="$INST_LINGUAS $presentlang"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
fi
|
||||
CATALOGS=
|
||||
if test -n "$INST_LINGUAS"; then
|
||||
for lang in $INST_LINGUAS; do
|
||||
CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang.gmo"
|
||||
done
|
||||
fi
|
||||
test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/Makefile" || echo "creating $ac_dir/Makefile"
|
||||
sed -e "/^POTFILES =/r $ac_dir/POTFILES" -e "/^# Makevars/r $ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/Makevars" -e "s|@POFILES@|$POFILES|g" -e "s|@UPDATEPOFILES@|$UPDATEPOFILES|g" -e "s|@DUMMYPOFILES@|$DUMMYPOFILES|g" -e "s|@GMOFILES@|$GMOFILES|g" -e "s|@CATALOGS@|$CATALOGS|g" -e "s|@POMAKEFILEDEPS@|$POMAKEFILEDEPS|g" "$ac_dir/Makefile.in" > "$ac_dir/Makefile"
|
||||
for f in "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir"/Rules-*; do
|
||||
if test -f "$f"; then
|
||||
case "$f" in
|
||||
*.orig | *.bak | *~) ;;
|
||||
*) cat "$f" >> "$ac_dir/Makefile" ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done],
|
||||
[# Capture the value of obsolete ALL_LINGUAS because we need it to compute
|
||||
# POFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, GMOFILES, CATALOGS. But hide it
|
||||
# from automake.
|
||||
eval 'OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS''="$ALL_LINGUAS"'
|
||||
# Capture the value of LINGUAS because we need it to compute CATALOGS.
|
||||
LINGUAS="${LINGUAS-%UNSET%}"
|
||||
])
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Postprocesses a Makefile in a directory containing PO files.
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([AM_POSTPROCESS_PO_MAKEFILE],
|
||||
[
|
||||
# When this code is run, in config.status, two variables have already been
|
||||
# set:
|
||||
# - OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS is the value of LINGUAS set in configure.in,
|
||||
# - LINGUAS is the value of the environment variable LINGUAS at configure
|
||||
# time.
|
||||
|
||||
changequote(,)dnl
|
||||
# Adjust a relative srcdir.
|
||||
ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
|
||||
ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
|
||||
ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
|
||||
# In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir.
|
||||
# In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir.
|
||||
test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir"
|
||||
case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
|
||||
.) top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;;
|
||||
/*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
|
||||
*) top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
# Find a way to echo strings without interpreting backslash.
|
||||
if test "X`(echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then
|
||||
gt_echo='echo'
|
||||
else
|
||||
if test "X`(printf '%s\n' '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then
|
||||
gt_echo='printf %s\n'
|
||||
else
|
||||
echo_func () {
|
||||
cat <<EOT
|
||||
$*
|
||||
EOT
|
||||
}
|
||||
gt_echo='echo_func'
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# A sed script that extracts the value of VARIABLE from a Makefile.
|
||||
sed_x_variable='
|
||||
# Test if the hold space is empty.
|
||||
x
|
||||
s/P/P/
|
||||
x
|
||||
ta
|
||||
# Yes it was empty. Look if we have the expected variable definition.
|
||||
/^[ ]*VARIABLE[ ]*=/{
|
||||
# Seen the first line of the variable definition.
|
||||
s/^[ ]*VARIABLE[ ]*=//
|
||||
ba
|
||||
}
|
||||
bd
|
||||
:a
|
||||
# Here we are processing a line from the variable definition.
|
||||
# Remove comment, more precisely replace it with a space.
|
||||
s/#.*$/ /
|
||||
# See if the line ends in a backslash.
|
||||
tb
|
||||
:b
|
||||
s/\\$//
|
||||
# Print the line, without the trailing backslash.
|
||||
p
|
||||
tc
|
||||
# There was no trailing backslash. The end of the variable definition is
|
||||
# reached. Clear the hold space.
|
||||
s/^.*$//
|
||||
x
|
||||
bd
|
||||
:c
|
||||
# A trailing backslash means that the variable definition continues in the
|
||||
# next line. Put a nonempty string into the hold space to indicate this.
|
||||
s/^.*$/P/
|
||||
x
|
||||
:d
|
||||
'
|
||||
changequote([,])dnl
|
||||
|
||||
# Set POTFILES to the value of the Makefile variable POTFILES.
|
||||
sed_x_POTFILES="`$gt_echo \"$sed_x_variable\" | sed -e '/^ *#/d' -e 's/VARIABLE/POTFILES/g'`"
|
||||
POTFILES=`sed -n -e "$sed_x_POTFILES" < "$ac_file"`
|
||||
# Compute POTFILES_DEPS as
|
||||
# $(foreach file, $(POTFILES), $(top_srcdir)/$(file))
|
||||
POTFILES_DEPS=
|
||||
for file in $POTFILES; do
|
||||
POTFILES_DEPS="$POTFILES_DEPS "'$(top_srcdir)/'"$file"
|
||||
done
|
||||
POMAKEFILEDEPS=""
|
||||
|
||||
if test -n "$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS"; then
|
||||
test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" || echo "setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"; then
|
||||
# The LINGUAS file contains the set of available languages.
|
||||
ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -e "/^#/d" -e "s/#.*//" "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"`
|
||||
POMAKEFILEDEPS="$POMAKEFILEDEPS LINGUAS"
|
||||
else
|
||||
# Set ALL_LINGUAS to the value of the Makefile variable LINGUAS.
|
||||
sed_x_LINGUAS="`$gt_echo \"$sed_x_variable\" | sed -e '/^ *#/d' -e 's/VARIABLE/LINGUAS/g'`"
|
||||
ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -n -e "$sed_x_LINGUAS" < "$ac_file"`
|
||||
fi
|
||||
# Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assigment from automake.
|
||||
eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$ALL_LINGUAS_'
|
||||
# Compute POFILES
|
||||
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).po)
|
||||
# Compute UPDATEPOFILES
|
||||
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).po-update)
|
||||
# Compute DUMMYPOFILES
|
||||
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).nop)
|
||||
# Compute GMOFILES
|
||||
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).gmo)
|
||||
# Compute PROPERTIESFILES
|
||||
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(top_srcdir)/$(DOMAIN)_$(lang).properties)
|
||||
# Compute CLASSFILES
|
||||
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(top_srcdir)/$(DOMAIN)_$(lang).class)
|
||||
# Compute QMFILES
|
||||
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).qm)
|
||||
# Compute MSGFILES
|
||||
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(frob $(lang)).msg)
|
||||
# Compute RESOURCESDLLFILES
|
||||
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(frob $(lang))/$(DOMAIN).resources.dll)
|
||||
case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
|
||||
.) srcdirpre= ;;
|
||||
*) srcdirpre='$(srcdir)/' ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
POFILES=
|
||||
UPDATEPOFILES=
|
||||
DUMMYPOFILES=
|
||||
GMOFILES=
|
||||
PROPERTIESFILES=
|
||||
CLASSFILES=
|
||||
QMFILES=
|
||||
MSGFILES=
|
||||
RESOURCESDLLFILES=
|
||||
for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
|
||||
POFILES="$POFILES $srcdirpre$lang.po"
|
||||
UPDATEPOFILES="$UPDATEPOFILES $lang.po-update"
|
||||
DUMMYPOFILES="$DUMMYPOFILES $lang.nop"
|
||||
GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $srcdirpre$lang.gmo"
|
||||
PROPERTIESFILES="$PROPERTIESFILES \$(top_srcdir)/\$(DOMAIN)_$lang.properties"
|
||||
CLASSFILES="$CLASSFILES \$(top_srcdir)/\$(DOMAIN)_$lang.class"
|
||||
QMFILES="$QMFILES $srcdirpre$lang.qm"
|
||||
frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/\..*$//' -e 'y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/'`
|
||||
MSGFILES="$MSGFILES $srcdirpre$frobbedlang.msg"
|
||||
frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/_/-/g' -e 's/^sr-CS/sr-SP/' -e 's/@latin$/-Latn/' -e 's/@cyrillic$/-Cyrl/' -e 's/^sr-SP$/sr-SP-Latn/' -e 's/^uz-UZ$/uz-UZ-Latn/'`
|
||||
RESOURCESDLLFILES="$RESOURCESDLLFILES $srcdirpre$frobbedlang/\$(DOMAIN).resources.dll"
|
||||
done
|
||||
# CATALOGS depends on both $ac_dir and the user's LINGUAS
|
||||
# environment variable.
|
||||
INST_LINGUAS=
|
||||
if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then
|
||||
for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
|
||||
useit=no
|
||||
if test "%UNSET%" != "$LINGUAS"; then
|
||||
desiredlanguages="$LINGUAS"
|
||||
else
|
||||
desiredlanguages="$ALL_LINGUAS"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
for desiredlang in $desiredlanguages; do
|
||||
# Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is
|
||||
# a. equal to presentlang, or
|
||||
# b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case,
|
||||
# presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages
|
||||
# which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog).
|
||||
case "$desiredlang" in
|
||||
"$presentlang"*) useit=yes;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
if test $useit = yes; then
|
||||
INST_LINGUAS="$INST_LINGUAS $presentlang"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
fi
|
||||
CATALOGS=
|
||||
JAVACATALOGS=
|
||||
QTCATALOGS=
|
||||
TCLCATALOGS=
|
||||
CSHARPCATALOGS=
|
||||
if test -n "$INST_LINGUAS"; then
|
||||
for lang in $INST_LINGUAS; do
|
||||
CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang.gmo"
|
||||
JAVACATALOGS="$JAVACATALOGS \$(DOMAIN)_$lang.properties"
|
||||
QTCATALOGS="$QTCATALOGS $lang.qm"
|
||||
frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/\..*$//' -e 'y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/'`
|
||||
TCLCATALOGS="$TCLCATALOGS $frobbedlang.msg"
|
||||
frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/_/-/g' -e 's/^sr-CS/sr-SP/' -e 's/@latin$/-Latn/' -e 's/@cyrillic$/-Cyrl/' -e 's/^sr-SP$/sr-SP-Latn/' -e 's/^uz-UZ$/uz-UZ-Latn/'`
|
||||
CSHARPCATALOGS="$CSHARPCATALOGS $frobbedlang/\$(DOMAIN).resources.dll"
|
||||
done
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
sed -e "s|@POTFILES_DEPS@|$POTFILES_DEPS|g" -e "s|@POFILES@|$POFILES|g" -e "s|@UPDATEPOFILES@|$UPDATEPOFILES|g" -e "s|@DUMMYPOFILES@|$DUMMYPOFILES|g" -e "s|@GMOFILES@|$GMOFILES|g" -e "s|@PROPERTIESFILES@|$PROPERTIESFILES|g" -e "s|@CLASSFILES@|$CLASSFILES|g" -e "s|@QMFILES@|$QMFILES|g" -e "s|@MSGFILES@|$MSGFILES|g" -e "s|@RESOURCESDLLFILES@|$RESOURCESDLLFILES|g" -e "s|@CATALOGS@|$CATALOGS|g" -e "s|@JAVACATALOGS@|$JAVACATALOGS|g" -e "s|@QTCATALOGS@|$QTCATALOGS|g" -e "s|@TCLCATALOGS@|$TCLCATALOGS|g" -e "s|@CSHARPCATALOGS@|$CSHARPCATALOGS|g" -e 's,^#distdir:,distdir:,' < "$ac_file" > "$ac_file.tmp"
|
||||
if grep -l '@TCLCATALOGS@' "$ac_file" > /dev/null; then
|
||||
# Add dependencies that cannot be formulated as a simple suffix rule.
|
||||
for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
|
||||
frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/\..*$//' -e 'y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/'`
|
||||
cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" <<EOF
|
||||
$frobbedlang.msg: $lang.po
|
||||
@echo "\$(MSGFMT) -c --tcl -d \$(srcdir) -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po"; \
|
||||
\$(MSGFMT) -c --tcl -d "\$(srcdir)" -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po || { rm -f "\$(srcdir)/$frobbedlang.msg"; exit 1; }
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
done
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if grep -l '@CSHARPCATALOGS@' "$ac_file" > /dev/null; then
|
||||
# Add dependencies that cannot be formulated as a simple suffix rule.
|
||||
for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
|
||||
frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/_/-/g' -e 's/^sr-CS/sr-SP/' -e 's/@latin$/-Latn/' -e 's/@cyrillic$/-Cyrl/' -e 's/^sr-SP$/sr-SP-Latn/' -e 's/^uz-UZ$/uz-UZ-Latn/'`
|
||||
cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" <<EOF
|
||||
$frobbedlang/\$(DOMAIN).resources.dll: $lang.po
|
||||
@echo "\$(MSGFMT) -c --csharp -d \$(srcdir) -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po -r \$(DOMAIN)"; \
|
||||
\$(MSGFMT) -c --csharp -d "\$(srcdir)" -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po -r "\$(DOMAIN)" || { rm -f "\$(srcdir)/$frobbedlang.msg"; exit 1; }
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
done
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test -n "$POMAKEFILEDEPS"; then
|
||||
cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" <<EOF
|
||||
Makefile: $POMAKEFILEDEPS
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
fi
|
||||
mv "$ac_file.tmp" "$ac_file"
|
||||
])
|
||||
92
m4/progtest.m4
Normal file
92
m4/progtest.m4
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
|
||||
# progtest.m4 serial 4 (gettext-0.14.2)
|
||||
dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
|
||||
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
|
||||
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
|
||||
dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
|
||||
dnl functionality.
|
||||
dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
|
||||
dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
|
||||
dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
|
||||
dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Authors:
|
||||
dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
|
||||
|
||||
AC_PREREQ(2.50)
|
||||
|
||||
# Search path for a program which passes the given test.
|
||||
|
||||
dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR,
|
||||
dnl TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]])
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST],
|
||||
[
|
||||
# Prepare PATH_SEPARATOR.
|
||||
# The user is always right.
|
||||
if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
|
||||
echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh
|
||||
echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh
|
||||
chmod +x conf$$.sh
|
||||
if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
|
||||
PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
|
||||
else
|
||||
PATH_SEPARATOR=:
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -f conf$$.sh
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Find out how to test for executable files. Don't use a zero-byte file,
|
||||
# as systems may use methods other than mode bits to determine executability.
|
||||
cat >conf$$.file <<_ASEOF
|
||||
#! /bin/sh
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
_ASEOF
|
||||
chmod +x conf$$.file
|
||||
if test -x conf$$.file >/dev/null 2>&1; then
|
||||
ac_executable_p="test -x"
|
||||
else
|
||||
ac_executable_p="test -f"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -f conf$$.file
|
||||
|
||||
# Extract the first word of "$2", so it can be a program name with args.
|
||||
set dummy $2; ac_word=[$]2
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $ac_word])
|
||||
AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_$1,
|
||||
[case "[$]$1" in
|
||||
[[\\/]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*)
|
||||
ac_cv_path_$1="[$]$1" # Let the user override the test with a path.
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
|
||||
for ac_dir in ifelse([$5], , $PATH, [$5]); do
|
||||
IFS="$ac_save_IFS"
|
||||
test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
|
||||
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
|
||||
if $ac_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
|
||||
echo "$as_me: trying $ac_dir/$ac_word..." >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
|
||||
if [$3]; then
|
||||
ac_cv_path_$1="$ac_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
|
||||
break 2
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
done
|
||||
IFS="$ac_save_IFS"
|
||||
dnl If no 4th arg is given, leave the cache variable unset,
|
||||
dnl so AC_PATH_PROGS will keep looking.
|
||||
ifelse([$4], , , [ test -z "[$]ac_cv_path_$1" && ac_cv_path_$1="$4"
|
||||
])dnl
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac])dnl
|
||||
$1="$ac_cv_path_$1"
|
||||
if test ifelse([$4], , [-n "[$]$1"], ["[$]$1" != "$4"]); then
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([$]$1)
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_SUBST($1)dnl
|
||||
])
|
||||
@ -2,6 +2,44 @@
|
||||
# subdirectories for translated manual pages
|
||||
SUBDIRS = cs de es fr hu id it ja ko pl pt_BR ru zh_CN zh_TW
|
||||
|
||||
man_XMANS = \
|
||||
chage.1.xml \
|
||||
chfn.1.xml \
|
||||
chpasswd.8.xml \
|
||||
chsh.1.xml \
|
||||
expiry.1.xml \
|
||||
faillog.5.xml \
|
||||
faillog.8.xml \
|
||||
gpasswd.1.xml \
|
||||
groupadd.8.xml \
|
||||
groupdel.8.xml \
|
||||
groupmems.8.xml \
|
||||
groupmod.8.xml \
|
||||
groups.1.xml \
|
||||
grpck.8.xml \
|
||||
gshadow.5.xml \
|
||||
lastlog.8.xml \
|
||||
limits.5.xml \
|
||||
login.1.xml \
|
||||
login.access.5.xml \
|
||||
login.defs.5.xml \
|
||||
logoutd.8.xml \
|
||||
mkpasswd.8.xml \
|
||||
newusers.8.xml \
|
||||
passwd.1.xml \
|
||||
passwd.5.xml \
|
||||
porttime.5.xml \
|
||||
pwck.8.xml \
|
||||
pwconv.8.xml \
|
||||
shadow.3.xml \
|
||||
shadow.5.xml \
|
||||
su.1.xml \
|
||||
suauth.5.xml \
|
||||
useradd.8.xml \
|
||||
userdel.8.xml \
|
||||
usermod.8.xml \
|
||||
vipw.8.xml
|
||||
|
||||
man_MANS = \
|
||||
chage.1 \
|
||||
chfn.1 \
|
||||
@ -47,7 +85,18 @@ man_MANS = \
|
||||
vipw.8
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRA_DIST = $(man_MANS) \
|
||||
$(man_XMANS) \
|
||||
id.1.xml \
|
||||
pw_auth.3.xml \
|
||||
shadowconfig.8.xml \
|
||||
sulogin.8.xml \
|
||||
id.1 \
|
||||
pw_auth.3 \
|
||||
shadowconfig.8 \
|
||||
sulogin.8
|
||||
|
||||
all:
|
||||
|
||||
shadow-man-pages.pot:
|
||||
xml2po -o $@ $(man_XMANS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -38,7 +38,11 @@ host_triplet = @host@
|
||||
subdir = man
|
||||
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
|
||||
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
|
||||
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
|
||||
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
|
||||
@ -185,6 +189,44 @@ target_alias = @target_alias@
|
||||
|
||||
# subdirectories for translated manual pages
|
||||
SUBDIRS = cs de es fr hu id it ja ko pl pt_BR ru zh_CN zh_TW
|
||||
man_XMANS = \
|
||||
chage.1.xml \
|
||||
chfn.1.xml \
|
||||
chpasswd.8.xml \
|
||||
chsh.1.xml \
|
||||
expiry.1.xml \
|
||||
faillog.5.xml \
|
||||
faillog.8.xml \
|
||||
gpasswd.1.xml \
|
||||
groupadd.8.xml \
|
||||
groupdel.8.xml \
|
||||
groupmems.8.xml \
|
||||
groupmod.8.xml \
|
||||
groups.1.xml \
|
||||
grpck.8.xml \
|
||||
gshadow.5.xml \
|
||||
lastlog.8.xml \
|
||||
limits.5.xml \
|
||||
login.1.xml \
|
||||
login.access.5.xml \
|
||||
login.defs.5.xml \
|
||||
logoutd.8.xml \
|
||||
mkpasswd.8.xml \
|
||||
newusers.8.xml \
|
||||
passwd.1.xml \
|
||||
passwd.5.xml \
|
||||
porttime.5.xml \
|
||||
pwck.8.xml \
|
||||
pwconv.8.xml \
|
||||
shadow.3.xml \
|
||||
shadow.5.xml \
|
||||
su.1.xml \
|
||||
suauth.5.xml \
|
||||
useradd.8.xml \
|
||||
userdel.8.xml \
|
||||
usermod.8.xml \
|
||||
vipw.8.xml
|
||||
|
||||
man_MANS = \
|
||||
chage.1 \
|
||||
chfn.1 \
|
||||
@ -230,6 +272,11 @@ man_MANS = \
|
||||
vipw.8
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRA_DIST = $(man_MANS) \
|
||||
$(man_XMANS) \
|
||||
id.1.xml \
|
||||
pw_auth.3.xml \
|
||||
shadowconfig.8.xml \
|
||||
sulogin.8.xml \
|
||||
id.1 \
|
||||
pw_auth.3 \
|
||||
shadowconfig.8 \
|
||||
@ -731,6 +778,11 @@ uninstall-man: uninstall-man1 uninstall-man3 uninstall-man5 \
|
||||
uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-info-am uninstall-man \
|
||||
uninstall-man1 uninstall-man3 uninstall-man5 uninstall-man8
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
all:
|
||||
|
||||
shadow-man-pages.pot:
|
||||
xml2po -o $@ $(man_XMANS)
|
||||
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
|
||||
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
|
||||
.NOEXPORT:
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
.\"$Id: chage.1,v 1.24 2005/04/25 15:15:17 kloczek Exp $
|
||||
.\"$Id: chage.1,v 1.25 2005/04/26 12:22:08 kloczek Exp $
|
||||
.\" Copyright 1990 - 1994 Julianne Frances Haugh
|
||||
.\" All rights reserved.
|
||||
.\"
|
||||
@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Set the minimum number of days between password changes. A value of zero for
|
||||
this field indicates that the user may change her password at any time.
|
||||
.IP "\fB\-M\fR \fImaxdays\fR"
|
||||
Set maximum number of days during which a password is valid. When
|
||||
\fImaxdays\fR plus fIlastday\fR is less than the current day, the user will
|
||||
\fImaxdays\fR plus \fIlastday\fR is less than the current day, the user will
|
||||
be required to change her password before being able to use her account.
|
||||
This occurrence can be planned for in advance by use of the \fB\-W\fR option,
|
||||
which provides the user with advance warning.
|
||||
|
||||
193
man/chage.1.xml
Normal file
193
man/chage.1.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='chage.1'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: chage.1.xml,v 1.7 2005/04/26 12:31:14 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>chage</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
<refmiscinfo class="sectdesc">User Commands</refmiscinfo>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>chage</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>change user password expiry information</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>chage</command>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-m <replaceable>mindays</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-M <replaceable>maxdays</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-d <replaceable>lastday</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-I <replaceable>inactive</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<sbr/>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-E <replaceable>expiredate</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-W <replaceable>warndays</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'><replaceable>user</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>chage</command>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'>-l <replaceable>user</replaceable>
|
||||
</arg>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
</refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para><command>chage</command> command changes the number of days
|
||||
between passwordchanges and the date of the last password change.
|
||||
This information is used by the system to determine when a user must
|
||||
change her password.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>The <command>chage</command> command is restricted to the root
|
||||
user, except for the <option>-l</option> option, which may be used by
|
||||
an unprivileged user to determine when her password or account is due
|
||||
to expire.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='options'>
|
||||
<title>OPTIONS</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The options which apply to the <command>chage</command> command are:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<variablelist remap='IP'>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-d</option> <replaceable>lastday</replaceable>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Set the number of days since January 1st, 1970 when the password
|
||||
was last changed. The date may also be expressed in the format
|
||||
YYYY-MM-DD (or the format more commonly used in your area).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-E</option> <replaceable>expiredate</replaceable>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Set the date on which the user's account will no longer be
|
||||
accessible. The <emphasis remap='I'>expiredate</emphasis> option
|
||||
is the number of days since January 1, 1970 on which the
|
||||
accounted is locked. The date may also be expressed in the
|
||||
format YYYY-MM-DD (or the format more commonly used in your
|
||||
area). A user whose account is locked must contact the system
|
||||
administrator before being able to use the system again. Passing
|
||||
the number <emphasis remap='I'>-1</emphasis> as the <emphasis
|
||||
remap='I'>expiredate</emphasis> will remove an accounts
|
||||
expiration date.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-I</option> <replaceable>inactive</replaceable>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Set the number of days of inactivity after a password has
|
||||
expired before the account is locked. The <emphasis
|
||||
remap='I'>inactive</emphasis> option is the number of days of
|
||||
inactivity. A value of 0 disables this feature. A user whose
|
||||
account is locked must contact the system administrator before
|
||||
being able to use the system again.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-m</option> <replaceable>mindays</replaceable>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Set the minimum number of days between password changes. A value
|
||||
of zero for this field indicates that the user may change her
|
||||
password at any time.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-M</option> <replaceable>maxdays</replaceable>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Set maximum number of days during which a password is valid.
|
||||
When <emphasis remap='I'>maxdays</emphasis> plus <emphasis
|
||||
remap='I'>lastday</emphasis> is less than the current day, the
|
||||
user will be required to change her password before being able
|
||||
to use her account. This occurrence can be planned for in
|
||||
advance by use of the <option>-W</option> option, which provides
|
||||
the user with advance warning.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-W</option> <replaceable>warndays</replaceable>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Set the number of days of warning before a password change is
|
||||
required. The <emphasis remap='I'>warndays</emphasis> option is
|
||||
the number of days prior to the password expiring that a user
|
||||
will be warned her password is about to expire.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If none of the options are selected, <command>chage</command> operates
|
||||
in an interactive fashion, prompting the user with the current values
|
||||
for all of the fields. Enter the new value to change the field, or
|
||||
leave the line blank to use the current value. The current value is
|
||||
displayed between a pair of <emphasis remap='B'>[ ]</emphasis> marks.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
<refsect1 id='note'>
|
||||
<title>NOTE</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The <command>chage</command> program requires shadow password file to
|
||||
be available. Its functionality is not available when passwords are
|
||||
stored in the passwd file.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='files'>
|
||||
<title>FILES</title>
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<filename>/etc/passwd</filename>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>user account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<filename>/etc/shadow</filename>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>secure user account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='author'>
|
||||
<title>AUTHOR</title>
|
||||
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh <jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com></para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
81
man/chfn.1.xml
Normal file
81
man/chfn.1.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='chfn.1'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: chfn.1.xml,v 1.8 2005/04/27 16:19:48 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
<refmiscinfo class="sectdesc">User Commands</refmiscinfo>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>chfn</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>change real user name and information</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>chfn</command>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-f <replaceable>full_name</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-r <replaceable>room_no</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-w <replaceable>work_ph</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-h <replaceable>home_ph</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-o <replaceable>other</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'><replaceable>user</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
</refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para><command>chfn</command> changes user fullname, office number,
|
||||
office extension, and home phone number information for a user's
|
||||
account. This information is typically printed by <citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>finger</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry> and similar programs. A normal user may only change
|
||||
the fields for her own account, the super user may change the fields
|
||||
for any account. Also, only the super user may use the
|
||||
<option>-o</option> option to change the undefined portions of the
|
||||
GECOS field.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The only restriction placed on the contents of the fields is that
|
||||
no control characters may be present, nor any of comma, colon, or
|
||||
equal sign. The <emphasis remap='I'>other</emphasis> field does not
|
||||
have this restriction, and is used to store accounting information
|
||||
used by other applications.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para> If none of the options are selected, <command>chfn</command>
|
||||
operates in an interactive fashion, prompting the user with the
|
||||
current values for all of the fields. Enter the new value to change
|
||||
the field, or leave the line blank to use the current value. The
|
||||
current value is displayed between a pair of <emphasis remap='B'>[
|
||||
]</emphasis> marks. Without options, chfn prompts for the current
|
||||
user account.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='files'>
|
||||
<title>FILES</title>
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>user account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='author'>
|
||||
<title>AUTHOR</title>
|
||||
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh <jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com></para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
101
man/chpasswd.8.xml
Normal file
101
man/chpasswd.8.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='chpasswd.8'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: chpasswd.8.xml,v 1.6 2005/04/27 16:22:25 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>chpasswd</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>chpasswd</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>update passwords in batch mode</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>chpasswd</command>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>
|
||||
<replaceable>options</replaceable>
|
||||
</arg>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
</refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<command>chpasswd</command> reads a list of user name and password
|
||||
pairs from standard input and uses this information to update a group
|
||||
of existing users. Each line is of the format:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='I'>user_name</emphasis>:<emphasis
|
||||
remap='I'>password</emphasis>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>By default the supplied password must be in clear-text. Default
|
||||
encription algoritm is DES. Also the password age will be updated, if
|
||||
present.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>This command is intended to be used in a large system environment
|
||||
where many accounts are created at a single time.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='options'>
|
||||
<title>OPTIONS</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The options which apply to the <command>chpasswd</command> command
|
||||
are:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<variablelist remap='IP'>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><option>-e</option>, <option>--encrypted</option></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Supplied passwords are in encrypted form.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><option>-h</option>, <option>--help</option></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Display help message and exit.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><option>-m</option>, <option>--md5</option></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Use MD5 encryption instead DES when the supplied passwords
|
||||
are not encrypted.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='caveats'>
|
||||
<title>CAVEATS</title>
|
||||
<para>Remember keep protected for reading by others fille passed to
|
||||
standard input <command>chpasswd</command> command if it contains
|
||||
unencrypted passwords.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>newusers</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='author'>
|
||||
<title>AUTHOR</title>
|
||||
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
86
man/chsh.1.xml
Normal file
86
man/chsh.1.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='chsh1'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: chsh.1.xml,v 1.6 2005/04/27 16:24:09 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>chsh</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
<refmiscinfo class="sectdesc">User Commands</refmiscinfo>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>chsh</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>change login shell</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>chsh</command>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-s <replaceable>login_shell</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'><replaceable>user</replaceable>
|
||||
</arg>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
</refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<command>chsh</command> changes the user login shell. This determines
|
||||
the name of the user's initial login command. A normal user may only
|
||||
change the login shell for her own account, the super user may change
|
||||
the login shell for any account.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The only restrictions placed on the login shell is that the
|
||||
command name must be listed in <filename>/etc/shells</filename>,
|
||||
unless the invoker is the super-user, and then any value may be added.
|
||||
An account with a restricted login shell may not change her login
|
||||
shell. For this reason, placing <filename>/bin/rsh</filename> in
|
||||
<filename>/etc/shells</filename> is discouraged since accidentally
|
||||
changing to a restricted shell would prevent the user from every
|
||||
changing her login shell back to its original value.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='options'>
|
||||
<title>OPTIONS</title>
|
||||
<para>If the <option>-s</option> option is not selected,
|
||||
<command>chsh</command> operates in an interactive fashion, prompting
|
||||
the user with the current login shell. Enter the new value to change
|
||||
the shell, or leave the line blank to use the current one. The current
|
||||
shell is displayed between a pair of <emphasis remap='B'>[ ]</emphasis>
|
||||
marks.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='files'>
|
||||
<title>FILES</title>
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>user account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/shells</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>list of valid login shells</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='author'>
|
||||
<title>AUTHOR</title>
|
||||
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh <jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com></para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
@ -38,7 +38,11 @@ host_triplet = @host@
|
||||
subdir = man/cs
|
||||
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
|
||||
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
|
||||
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
|
||||
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
|
||||
|
||||
@ -38,7 +38,11 @@ host_triplet = @host@
|
||||
subdir = man/de
|
||||
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
|
||||
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
|
||||
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
|
||||
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
|
||||
|
||||
@ -38,7 +38,11 @@ host_triplet = @host@
|
||||
subdir = man/es
|
||||
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
|
||||
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
|
||||
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
|
||||
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
|
||||
|
||||
63
man/expiry.1.xml
Normal file
63
man/expiry.1.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='expiry.1'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: expiry.1.xml,v 1.6 2005/04/27 16:25:27 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>expiry</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
<refmiscinfo class="sectdesc">User Commands</refmiscinfo>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>expiry</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>check and enforce password expiration policy</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
<!-- body begins here -->
|
||||
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>expiry</command>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-c </arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-f </arg>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
</refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<command>expiry</command> checks (<option>-c</option>) the current
|
||||
password expiration and forces (<option>-f</option>) changes when
|
||||
required. It is callable as a normal user command.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='files'>
|
||||
<title>FILES</title>
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>user account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/shadow</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>secure user account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='author'>
|
||||
<title>AUTHOR</title>
|
||||
<para>Ben Collins <bcollins@debian.org></para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
61
man/faillog.5.xml
Normal file
61
man/faillog.5.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='faillog.5'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: faillog.5.xml,v 1.5 2005/04/27 16:44:12 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>faillog</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>faillog</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>Login failure logging file</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<filename>/var/log/faillog</filename> maintains a count of login
|
||||
failures and the limits for each account. The file is fixed length
|
||||
record, indexed by numerical UID. Each record contains the count of
|
||||
login failures since the last successful login; the maximum number of
|
||||
failures before the account is disabled; the line the last login
|
||||
failure occured on; and the date the last login failure occured.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The structure of the file is</para>
|
||||
<literallayout remap='DS'>
|
||||
struct faillog {
|
||||
short fail_cnt;
|
||||
short fail_max;
|
||||
char fail_line[12];
|
||||
time_t fail_time;
|
||||
};
|
||||
</literallayout>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='files'>
|
||||
<title>FILES</title>
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/var/log/faillog</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>login failure log</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>faillog</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='author'>
|
||||
<title>AUTHOR</title>
|
||||
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
|
||||
157
man/faillog.8.xml
Normal file
157
man/faillog.8.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='faillog.8'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: faillog.8.xml,v 1.5 2005/04/27 16:44:12 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>faillog</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>faillog</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>display faillog records or set login failure limits</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>faillog</command>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>
|
||||
<replaceable>options</replaceable>
|
||||
</arg>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
</refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<command>faillog</command> formats the contents of the failure log
|
||||
from <filename>/var/log/faillog</filename> database. It also can be
|
||||
used for maintains failure counters and limits. Run
|
||||
<command>faillog</command> without arguments display only list of user
|
||||
faillog records who have ever had a login failure.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='options'>
|
||||
<title>OPTIONS</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The options which apply to the <command>faillog</command> command
|
||||
are:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<variablelist remap='IP'>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><option>-a</option>, <option>--all</option></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Display faillog records for all users.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><option>-h</option>, <option>--help</option></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Display help message and exit.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-l</option>, <option>--lock-time</option>
|
||||
<replaceable>SEC</replaceable>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Lock accout to <emphasis remap='I'>SEC</emphasis>
|
||||
seconds after failed login.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-m</option>, <option>--maximum</option>
|
||||
<replaceable>MAX</replaceable>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Set maiximum number of login failures after the account is
|
||||
disabled to <emphasis remap='I'>MAX</emphasis>. Selecting
|
||||
<emphasis remap='I'>MAX</emphasis> value of 0 has the effect of
|
||||
not placing a limit on the number of failed logins. The maximum
|
||||
failure count should always be 0 for <emphasis
|
||||
remap='B'>root</emphasis> to prevent a denial of services attack
|
||||
against the system.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><option>-r</option>, <option>--reset</option></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Reset the counters of login failures or one recor if used
|
||||
with -u <emphasis remap='I'>LOGIN</emphasis> option. Write
|
||||
access to <filename>/var/log/faillog</filename> is required for
|
||||
this option.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><option>-t</option>, <option>--time</option>
|
||||
<replaceable>DAYS</replaceable>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Display faillog records more recent than <emphasis
|
||||
remap='I'>DAYS</emphasis>. The <option>-t</option> flag overrides
|
||||
the use of <option>-u</option>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-u</option>, <option>--user</option>
|
||||
<replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Display faillog record or maintains failure counters and
|
||||
limits (if used with <option>-l</option>, <option>-m</option> or
|
||||
<option>-r</option> options) only for user with <emphasis
|
||||
remap='I'>LOGIN</emphasis>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='caveats'>
|
||||
<title>CAVEATS</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<command>faillog</command> only prints out users with no successful
|
||||
login since the last failure. To print out a user who has had a
|
||||
successful login since their last failure, you must explicitly request
|
||||
the user with the <option>-u</option> flag, or print out all users
|
||||
with the <option>-a</option> flag.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='files'>
|
||||
<title>FILES</title>
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/var/log/faillog</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>failure logging file</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>faillog</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='author'>
|
||||
<title>AUTHOR</title>
|
||||
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
@ -38,7 +38,11 @@ host_triplet = @host@
|
||||
subdir = man/fr
|
||||
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
|
||||
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
|
||||
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
|
||||
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
|
||||
|
||||
127
man/gpasswd.1.xml
Normal file
127
man/gpasswd.1.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='gpasswd1'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: gpasswd.1.xml,v 1.7 2005/04/27 18:20:35 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>gpasswd</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
<refmiscinfo class="sectdesc">User Commands</refmiscinfo>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>gpasswd</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>administer the /etc/group file</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
<!-- body begins here -->
|
||||
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>gpasswd</command>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'>
|
||||
<replaceable>group</replaceable>
|
||||
</arg>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>gpasswd</command>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'>-a <replaceable>user</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'><replaceable>group</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>gpasswd</command>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'>-d <replaceable>user</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'><replaceable>group</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>gpasswd</command>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'>-R <replaceable>group</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>gpasswd</command>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'>-r <replaceable>group</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>gpasswd</command>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt' rep='repeat'>-A <replaceable>user,</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt' rep='repeat'>-M <replaceable>user,</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'><replaceable>group</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
</refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<command>gpasswd</command> is used to administer the
|
||||
<filename>/etc/group</filename> file (and
|
||||
<filename>/etc/gshadow</filename> file if compiled with SHADOWGRP
|
||||
defined). Every group can have administrators, members and a password.
|
||||
System administrator can use <option>-A</option> option to define
|
||||
group administrator(s) and <option>-M</option> option to define
|
||||
members and has all rights of group administrators and members.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='options'>
|
||||
<title>OPTIONS</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Group administrator can add and delete users using <option>-a</option>
|
||||
and <option>-d</option> options respectively. Administrators can use
|
||||
<option>-r</option> option to remove group password. When no password
|
||||
is set only group members can use <command>newgrp</command> to join
|
||||
the group. Option <option>-R</option> disables access via a password
|
||||
to the group through <command>newgrp</coamand> command (however
|
||||
members will still be able to switch to this group).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para><command>gpasswd</command> called by a group administrator with
|
||||
group name only prompts for the group password. If password is set the
|
||||
members can still <citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>newgrp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry> without a password, non-members must supply the password.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='files'>
|
||||
<title>FILES</title>
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>group account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/gshadow</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>secure group account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>newgrp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>groupadd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>groupdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>groupmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>grpck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>gshadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='author'>
|
||||
<title>AUTHOR</title>
|
||||
<para>Rafal Maszkowski <rzm@pdi.net></para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
150
man/groupadd.8.xml
Normal file
150
man/groupadd.8.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='groupadd.8'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: groupadd.8.xml,v 1.5 2005/04/27 16:44:12 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>groupadd</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>groupadd</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>Create a new group</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
<!-- body begins here -->
|
||||
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>groupadd</command>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'>-g <replaceable>gid</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-o </arg>
|
||||
</arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-f </arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'>
|
||||
<replaceable>group</replaceable>
|
||||
</arg>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
</refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para>The <command>groupadd</command> command creates a new group
|
||||
account using the values specified on the command line and the default
|
||||
values from the system. The new group will be entered into the system
|
||||
files as needed.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='options'>
|
||||
<title>OPTIONS</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The options which apply to the <command>groupadd</command> command
|
||||
are:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<variablelist remap='IP'>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-f</option>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>This option causes to just exit with success status if the
|
||||
specified group already exists. With <option>-g</option>, if
|
||||
specified gid already exists, other (unique) gid is chosen (i.e.
|
||||
<option>-g</option> is turned off).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-g</option> <replaceable>gid</replaceable>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The numerical value of the group's ID. This value must be
|
||||
unique, unless the <option>-o</option> option is used. The value
|
||||
must be non-negative. The default is to use the smallest ID
|
||||
value greater than 999 and greater than every other group.
|
||||
Values between 0 and 999 are typically reserved for system
|
||||
accounts.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='files'>
|
||||
<title>FILES</title>
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>group account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/gshadow</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>secure group account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='exit_values'>
|
||||
<title>EXIT VALUES</title>
|
||||
<variablelist remap='TP'>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
The <command>groupadd</command> command exits with the
|
||||
following values:
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<literal>0</literal> - success
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>2</literal> - invalid command syntax
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>3</literal> - invalid argument to option
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>4</literal> - gid not unique (when -o not
|
||||
used) <!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>9</literal> - group name not unique
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>10</literal> - can't update group file
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>chsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>groupdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>groupmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>userdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>usermod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='author'>
|
||||
<title>AUTHOR</title>
|
||||
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
117
man/groupdel.8.xml
Normal file
117
man/groupdel.8.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='groupdel.8'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: groupdel.8.xml,v 1.5 2005/04/27 16:44:12 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>groupdel</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>groupdel</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>Delete a group</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
<!-- body begins here -->
|
||||
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>groupdel</command>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'>
|
||||
<replaceable>group</replaceable>
|
||||
</arg>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
</refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para> The <command>groupdel</command> command modifies the system
|
||||
account files, deleting all entries that refer to <emphasis
|
||||
remap='I'>group</emphasis>. The named group must exist.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>You must manually check all filesystems to insure that no files
|
||||
remain with the named group as the file group ID.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='caveats'>
|
||||
<title>CAVEATS</title>
|
||||
<para>You may not remove the primary group of any existing user. You
|
||||
must remove the user before you remove the group.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='files'>
|
||||
<title>FILES</title>
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>group account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/gshadow</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>secure group account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='exit_values'>
|
||||
<title>EXIT VALUES</title>
|
||||
<variablelist remap='TP'>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
The <command>groupdel</command> command exits with the
|
||||
following values:
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<literal>0</literal> - success
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>2</literal> - invalid command syntax
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>6</literal> - specified group doesn't exist
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>8</literal> - can't remove user's primary
|
||||
group <!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>10</literal> - can't update group file
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>chsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>groupadd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>groupmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>userdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>usermod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='author'>
|
||||
<title>AUTHOR</title>
|
||||
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
153
man/groupmems.8.xml
Normal file
153
man/groupmems.8.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='groupmems.8'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: groupmems.8.xml,v 1.5 2005/04/27 16:44:12 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>groupmems</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>groupmems</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>Administer members of a user's primary group</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>groupmems</command>
|
||||
<group choice='plain'>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'>-a <replaceable>user_name</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'>-d <replaceable>user_name</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'>-l </arg><arg choice='plain'>-D </arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-g <replaceable>group_name</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
</group>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
</refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The <command>groupmems</command> utility allows a user to administer
|
||||
his/her own group membership list without the requirement of super
|
||||
user privileges. The <command>groupmems</command> utility is for
|
||||
systems that configure its users to be in their own name sake primary
|
||||
group (i.e., guest / guest).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Only the super user, as administrator, can use
|
||||
<command>groupmems</command> to alter the memberships of other groups.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='options'>
|
||||
<title>OPTIONS</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The options which apply to the <command>groupmems</command> command
|
||||
are:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<variablelist remap='IP'>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><option>-a</option> <replaceable>user_name</replaceable></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Add a new user to the group membership list.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><option>-d</option> <replaceable>user_name</replaceable></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Delete a user from the group membership list.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><option>-D</option></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Delete all users from the group membership list.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><option>-g</option> <replaceable>group_name</replaceable></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The super user can specify which group membership
|
||||
list to modify.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><option>-l</option></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>List the group membership list.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='setup'>
|
||||
<title>SETUP</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The <command>groupmems</command> executable should be in mode
|
||||
<literal>2770</literal> as user <emphasis remap='B'>root</emphasis>
|
||||
and in group <emphasis remap='B'>groups</emphasis>. The system
|
||||
administrator can add users to group groups to allow or disallow them
|
||||
using the <command>groupmems</command> utility to manage their own
|
||||
group membership list.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para> $ groupadd -r groups
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
$ chmod 2770 groupmems
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
$ chown root.groups groupmems
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
$ groupmems -g groups -a gk4
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='files'>
|
||||
<title>FILES</title>
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>group account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/gshadow</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>secure group account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>chsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>groupadd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>groupdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>userdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>usermod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='author'>
|
||||
<title>AUTHOR</title>
|
||||
<para>George Kraft IV (gk4@us.ibm.com)</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
145
man/groupmod.8.xml
Normal file
145
man/groupmod.8.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='groupmod.8'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: groupmod.8.xml,v 1.5 2005/04/27 16:44:12 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>groupmod</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>groupmod</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>modify a group</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
<!-- body begins here -->
|
||||
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>groupmod</command>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'>-g <replaceable>gid</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-o </arg>
|
||||
</arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-n <replaceable>new_group_name</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'><replaceable>group</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
</refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The <command>groupmod</command> command modifies the system account
|
||||
files to reflect the changes that are specified on the command line.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='options'>
|
||||
<title>OPTIONS</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The options which apply to the <command>groupmod</command> command
|
||||
are:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<variablelist remap='IP'>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-g</option> <replaceable>gid</replaceable>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The numerical value of the group's ID. This value must be
|
||||
unique, unless the <option>-o</option> option is used. The value
|
||||
must be non-negative. Values between 0 and 999 are typically
|
||||
reserved for system groups. Any files which the old group ID is
|
||||
the file group ID must have the file group ID changed manually.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><option>-n</option> <replaceable>new_group_name</replaceable></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para> The name of the group will be changed from <emphasis
|
||||
remap='I'>group</emphasis> to <emphasis
|
||||
remap='I'>new_group_name</emphasis>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='files'>
|
||||
<title>FILES</title>
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>group account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/gshadow</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>secure group account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='exit_values'>
|
||||
<title>EXIT VALUES</title>
|
||||
<variablelist remap='TP'>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
The <command>groupmod</command> command exits with the
|
||||
following values:
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<literal>0</literal> - success
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>2</literal> - bad command syntax
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>3</literal> - invalid argument to option
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>4</literal> - gid already in use (and no -o)
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>6</literal> - specified group doesn't exist
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>9</literal> - group name already in use
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>10</literal> - can't update group file
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>chsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>groupadd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>groupdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>userdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>usermod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='author'>
|
||||
<title>AUTHOR</title>
|
||||
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
78
man/groups.1.xml
Normal file
78
man/groups.1.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='groups.1'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: groups.1.xml,v 1.7 2005/04/27 18:20:35 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>groups</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
<refmiscinfo class="sectdesc">User Commands</refmiscinfo>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>groups</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>display current group names</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>groups</command>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>
|
||||
<replaceable>user</replaceable>
|
||||
</arg>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
</refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<command>groups</command> displays the current group names or ID
|
||||
values. If the value does not have a corresponding entry in
|
||||
<filename>/etc/group</filename>, the value will be displayed as the
|
||||
numerical group value. The optional <emphasis
|
||||
remap='I'>user</emphasis> parameter will display the groups for the
|
||||
named <emphasis remap='I'>user</emphasis>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='note'>
|
||||
<title>NOTE</title>
|
||||
<para>Systems which do not support concurrent group sets will have the
|
||||
information from <filename>/etc/group</filename> reported. The user
|
||||
must use <command>newgrp</coamand> or <command>sg</coamand> to change
|
||||
their current real and effective group ID.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='files'>
|
||||
<title>FILES</title>
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>group account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>newgrp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>getgid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>getgroups</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>getuid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='author'>
|
||||
<title>AUTHOR</title>
|
||||
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh <jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com></para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
150
man/grpck.8.xml
Normal file
150
man/grpck.8.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='grpck.8'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: grpck.8.xml,v 1.6 2005/04/27 18:20:35 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>grpck</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>grpck</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>verify integrity of group files</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>grpck</command> <arg choice='opt'>-r </arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'><replaceable>group</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'><replaceable>shadow</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
</arg>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
</refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<command>grpck</command> verifies the integrity of the system
|
||||
authentication information. All entries in the
|
||||
<filename>/etc/group</filename> and <filename>/etc/gshadow</filename>
|
||||
are checked to see that the entry has the proper format and valid data
|
||||
in each field. The user is prompted to delete entries that are
|
||||
improperly formatted or which have other incorrectable errors.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Checks are made to verify that each entry has:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- .in +.5i -->
|
||||
<para>- the correct number of fields
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
- a unique group name
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
- a valid list of members and administrators
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<!-- .in \-.5i -->
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The checks for correct number of fields and unique group name are
|
||||
fatal. If the entry has the wrong number of fields, the user will be
|
||||
prompted to delete the entire line. If the user does not answer
|
||||
affirmatively, all further checks are bypassed. An entry with a
|
||||
duplicated group name is prompted for deletion, but the remaining
|
||||
checks will still be made. All other errors are warnings and the user
|
||||
is encouraged to run the <command>groupmod</coamand> command to
|
||||
correct the error.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The commands which operate on the <filename>/etc/group</filename>
|
||||
file are not able to alter corrupted or duplicated entries.
|
||||
<command>grpck</command> should be used in those circumstances to
|
||||
remove the offending entry.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='options'>
|
||||
<title>OPTIONS</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
By default, <command>grpck</command> operates on the files
|
||||
<filename>/etc/group</filename> and <filename>/etc/gshadow</filename>.
|
||||
The user may select alternate files with the <emphasis
|
||||
remap='I'>group</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>shadow</emphasis>
|
||||
parameters. Additionally, the user may execute the command in
|
||||
read-only mode by specifying the <option>-r</option> flag. This causes
|
||||
all questions regarding changes to be answered <emphasis
|
||||
remap='B'>no</emphasis> without user intervention.
|
||||
<command>grpck</command> can also sort entries in
|
||||
<filename>/etc/group</filename> and <filename>/etc/gshadow</filename>
|
||||
by GID. To run it in sort mode pass it <option>-s</option> flag. No
|
||||
checks are performed then, it just sorts.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='files'>
|
||||
<title>FILES</title>
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>group account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/gshadow</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>secure group account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>user account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>groupmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='exit_values'>
|
||||
<title>EXIT VALUES</title>
|
||||
<variablelist remap='TP'>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
The <command>grpck</command> command exits with the
|
||||
following values:
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<literal>0</literal> - success
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>1</literal> - syntax Error
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>2</literal> - one or more bad group entries
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>3</literal> - can't open group files
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>4</literal> - can't lock group files
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>5</literal> - can't update group files
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='author'>
|
||||
<title>AUTHOR</title>
|
||||
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
87
man/gshadow.5.xml
Normal file
87
man/gshadow.5.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='gshadow.5'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: gshadow.5.xml,v 1.5 2005/04/27 16:44:12 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>gshadow</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>gshadow</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>shadowed group file</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='I'>gshadow</emphasis> contains the shadowed
|
||||
information for group accounts. It contains lines with the folowing
|
||||
colon-separated fields:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Group name</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Encrypted password</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Comma-separated list of group administrators</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Comma-separated list of group members.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The group name and password fields must be filled. The encryped
|
||||
password consists of 13 characters from the 64-character alphabet a
|
||||
thru z, A thru Z, 0 thru 9, \. and /. Refer to <citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>crypt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry> for details on how this string is interpreted. If the
|
||||
password field contains some string that is not valid result of
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>crypt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>, for instance ! or *, the user will not be able to use
|
||||
a unix password to log in, subject to <citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>pam</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>This information supercedes any password present in
|
||||
<filename>/etc/group</filename>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>This file must not be readable by regular users if password
|
||||
security is to be maintained.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='files'>
|
||||
<title>FILES</title>
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>group account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/gshadow</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>secure group account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>gpasswd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>newgrp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='author'>
|
||||
<title>AUTHOR</title>
|
||||
<para>Nicolas FRANCOIS</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
@ -38,7 +38,11 @@ host_triplet = @host@
|
||||
subdir = man/hu
|
||||
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
|
||||
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
|
||||
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
|
||||
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
|
||||
|
||||
68
man/id.1.xml
Normal file
68
man/id.1.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='id.1'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: id.1.xml,v 1.6 2005/04/27 16:44:12 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>id</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
<refmiscinfo class="sectdesc">User Commands</refmiscinfo>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>id</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>Display current user and group ID names</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>id</command> <arg choice='opt'>-a </arg>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
</refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<command>id</command> displays the current real and effective user and
|
||||
group ID names or values. If the value does not have a corresponding
|
||||
entry in <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> or
|
||||
<filename>/etc/group</filename>, the value will be displayed without
|
||||
the corresponding name. The optional <option>-a</option> flag will
|
||||
display the group set on systems which support multiple concurrent
|
||||
group membership.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='files'>
|
||||
<title>FILES</title>
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>group account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>user account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>getgid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>getgroups</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>getuid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='author'>
|
||||
<title>AUTHOR</title>
|
||||
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh <jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com></para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
@ -38,7 +38,11 @@ host_triplet = @host@
|
||||
subdir = man/id
|
||||
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
|
||||
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
|
||||
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
|
||||
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
|
||||
|
||||
@ -38,7 +38,11 @@ host_triplet = @host@
|
||||
subdir = man/it
|
||||
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
|
||||
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
|
||||
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
|
||||
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
|
||||
|
||||
@ -38,7 +38,11 @@ host_triplet = @host@
|
||||
subdir = man/ja
|
||||
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
|
||||
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
|
||||
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
|
||||
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
|
||||
|
||||
@ -38,7 +38,11 @@ host_triplet = @host@
|
||||
subdir = man/ko
|
||||
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
|
||||
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
|
||||
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
|
||||
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
|
||||
|
||||
125
man/lastlog.8.xml
Normal file
125
man/lastlog.8.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='lastlog.8'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: lastlog.8.xml,v 1.5 2005/04/27 16:44:12 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>lastlog</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>lastlog</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>examine lastlog file</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
<!-- body begins here -->
|
||||
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>lastlog</command>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>
|
||||
<replaceable>options</replaceable>
|
||||
</arg>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
</refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<command>lastlog</command> formats and prints the contents of the last
|
||||
login log <filename>/var/log/lastlog</filename> file. The <emphasis
|
||||
remap='B'> login-name</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='B'>port</emphasis>,
|
||||
and <emphasis remap='B'>last login time</emphasis> will be printed.
|
||||
The default (no flags) causes lastlog entries to be printed, sorted by
|
||||
their order in <filename>/etc/passwd</filename>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='options'>
|
||||
<title>OPTIONS</title>
|
||||
<variablelist remap='TP'>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
The options which apply to the <command>lastlog</command>
|
||||
command are:
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
<variablelist remap='IP'>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-h</option>, <option>--help</option>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Print help message and exit.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-t</option>, <option>--time</option> <replaceable>
|
||||
DAYS
|
||||
</replaceable>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Print the lastlog records more recent than <emphasis remap='I'>
|
||||
DAYS
|
||||
</emphasis>
|
||||
.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-u</option>, <option>--user</option> <replaceable>
|
||||
LOGIN
|
||||
</replaceable>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para> Print the lastlog record for user with specified <emphasis
|
||||
remap='I'> LOGIN</emphasis>only.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
<variablelist remap='TP'>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
The <option>-t</option> flag overrides the use of <option>-u</option>.
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para></para> <!-- FIXME: blank list item -->
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
|
||||
<para> If the user has never logged in the message <emphasis
|
||||
remap='B'>"**Never logged in**" </emphasis> will be displayed instead
|
||||
of the port and time.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='files'>
|
||||
<title>FILES</title>
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/var/log/lastlog</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>lastlog logging file</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='caveats'>
|
||||
<title>CAVEATS</title>
|
||||
<para>Large gaps in uid numbers will cause the lastlog program to run
|
||||
longer with no output to the screen (i.e. if mmdf=800 and last
|
||||
uid=170, program will appear to hang as it processes uid 171-799).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='authors'>
|
||||
<title>AUTHORS</title>
|
||||
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
Phillip Street
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
144
man/limits.5.xml
Normal file
144
man/limits.5.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='limits5'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: limits.5.xml,v 1.5 2005/04/27 16:44:12 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>LIMITS</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>limits</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>Resource limits definition</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
<!-- body begins here -->
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The <emphasis remap='I'>limits</emphasis> file (/etc/limits by
|
||||
default or LIMITS_FILE defined
|
||||
config.h) describes the resource limits you wish to impose. It
|
||||
should be
|
||||
owned by root and readable by root account only.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>By default no quotas are imposed on 'root'. In fact, there is no
|
||||
way to impose
|
||||
limits via this procedure to root-equiv accounts (accounts with UID
|
||||
0).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Each line describes a limit for a user in the form:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='I'>user LIMITS_STRING</emphasis>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The <emphasis remap='B'>LIMITS_STRING</emphasis> is a string of a
|
||||
concatenated list of resource limits.
|
||||
Each limit consists of a letter identifier followed by a numerical
|
||||
limit.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The valid identifiers are:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>A: max address space (KB)
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
C: max core file size (KB)
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
D: max data size (KB)
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
F: maximum filesize (KB)
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
M: max locked-in-memory address space (KB)
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
N: max number of open files
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
R: max resident set size (KB)
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
S: max stack size (KB)
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
T: max CPU time (MIN)
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
U: max number of processes
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
K: file creation mask, set by
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>umask</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
.
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
L: max number of logins for this user
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
P: process priority, set by
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>setpriority</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para> For example, <emphasis remap='I'>L2D2048N5</emphasis> is a valid
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>LIMITS_STRING </emphasis>. For reading
|
||||
convenience, the following entries are equivalent:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>username L2D2048N5
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
username L2 D2048 N5
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para> Be aware that after <emphasis remap='I'>username</emphasis> the
|
||||
rest of the line is considered a limit string, thus comments are not
|
||||
allowed. A invalid limits string will be rejected (not considered) by
|
||||
the login program.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para> The default entry is denoted by username "<emphasis
|
||||
remap='B'>*</emphasis>". If you have multiple <emphasis
|
||||
remap='I'>default</emphasis> entries in your <emphasis
|
||||
remap='B'>LIMITS_FILE</emphasis>, then the last one will be used as
|
||||
the default entry.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>To completely disable limits for a user, a single dash "<emphasis
|
||||
remap='B'>-</emphasis> "will do.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Also, please note that all limit settings are set PER LOGIN. They
|
||||
are not global, nor are they permanent. Perhaps global limits will
|
||||
come, but for now this will have to do ;)
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='files'>
|
||||
<title>FILES</title>
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/limits</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>setpriority</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>setrlimit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='author'>
|
||||
<title>AUTHOR</title>
|
||||
<para>Cristian Gafton (gafton@sorosis.ro)</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
.\" $Id: login.1,v 1.23 2005/04/12 16:31:06 kloczek Exp $
|
||||
.\" $Id: login.1,v 1.24 2005/04/26 12:38:53 kloczek Exp $
|
||||
.\" Copyright 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
|
||||
.\" All rights reserved.
|
||||
.\"
|
||||
@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ login \- begin session on the system
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
\fBlogin\fR is used to establish a new session with the system. It is
|
||||
normally invoked automatically by responding to the \fIlogin:\fR prompt on
|
||||
the user\'s terminal. fBlogin\fR may be special to the shell and may not be
|
||||
the user\'s terminal. \fBlogin\fR may be special to the shell and may not be
|
||||
invoked as a sub\-process. Typically, \fBlogin\fR is treated by the shell as
|
||||
\fBexec login\fR which causes the user to exit from the current shell.
|
||||
Attempting to execute \fBlogin\fR from any shell but the login shell will
|
||||
|
||||
216
man/login.1.xml
Normal file
216
man/login.1.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='login.1'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: login.1.xml,v 1.6 2005/04/26 12:45:50 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>LOGIN</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
<refmiscinfo class="sectdesc">User Commands</refmiscinfo>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>login</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>begin session on the system</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
<!-- body begins here -->
|
||||
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>login</command>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-p </arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>
|
||||
<replaceable>username</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt' rep='repeat'> <replaceable>ENV=VAR</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>login</command>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-p </arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-h <replaceable>host</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-f <replaceable>username</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>login</command>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-p </arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'>-r <replaceable>host</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
</refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<command>login</command> is used to establish a new session with the
|
||||
system. It is normally invoked automatically by responding to the
|
||||
<emphasis remap='I'>login:</emphasis> prompt on the user´s
|
||||
terminal. <command>login</command> may be special to the shell and may
|
||||
not be invoked as a sub-process. Typically, <command>login</command>
|
||||
is treated by the shell as <emphasis remap='B'>exec login</emphasis>
|
||||
which causes the user to exit from the current shell. Attempting to
|
||||
execute <command>login</command> from any shell but the login shell
|
||||
will produce an error message.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The user is then prompted for a password, where appropriate.
|
||||
Echoing is disabled to prevent revealing the password. Only a small
|
||||
number of password failures are permitted before
|
||||
<command>login</command> exits and the communications link is severed.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>If password aging has been enabled for your account, you may be
|
||||
prompted for a new password before proceeding. You will be forced to
|
||||
provide your old password and the new password before continuing.
|
||||
Please refer to <citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry> for more information.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>After a successful login, you will be informed of any system
|
||||
messages and the presence of mail. You may turn off the printing of
|
||||
the system message file, <filename>/etc/motd</filename>, by creating a
|
||||
zero-length file <markup>.hushlogin</markup> in your login directory.
|
||||
The mail message will be one of "<emphasis remap='B'>You have new
|
||||
mail.</emphasis> ", "<emphasis remap='B'>You have mail.</emphasis>",
|
||||
or "<emphasis remap='B'>No Mail.</emphasis> "according to the
|
||||
condition of your mailbox.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Your user and group ID will be set according to their values in
|
||||
the <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> file. The value for <emphasis
|
||||
remap='B'>$HOME</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='B'>$SHELL</emphasis>,
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>$PATH</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='B'>$LOGNAME</emphasis>,
|
||||
and <emphasis remap='B'>$MAIL</emphasis> are set according to the
|
||||
appropriate fields in the password entry. Ulimit, umask and nice
|
||||
values may also be set according to entries in the GECOS field.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>On some installations, the environmental variable <emphasis
|
||||
remap='B'>$TERM</emphasis> will be initialized to the terminal type on
|
||||
your tty line, as specified in <filename>/etc/ttytype</filename>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>An initialization script for your command interpreter may also be
|
||||
executed. Please see the appropriate manual section for more
|
||||
information on
|
||||
this function.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>A subsystem login is indicated by the presence of a "*" as the
|
||||
first character of the login shell. The given home directory will be
|
||||
used as the root of a new file system which the user is actually
|
||||
logged into.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='options'>
|
||||
<title>OPTIONS</title>
|
||||
<variablelist remap='IP'>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-f</option>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Do not perform authentication, user is preauthenticated.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-h</option>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Name of the remote host for this login.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-p</option>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Preserve environment.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-r</option>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Perform autologin protocol for rlogin.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The <option>-r</option>, <option>-h</option> and
|
||||
<option>-f</option> options are only used when
|
||||
<command>login</command> is invoked by root.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='caveats'>
|
||||
<title>CAVEATS</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This version of <command>login</command> has many compilation options,
|
||||
only some of which may be in use at any particular site.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The location of files is subject to differences in system
|
||||
configuration.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='files'>
|
||||
<title>FILES</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<filename>/var/run/utmp</filename> - list of current login
|
||||
sessions <!-- .br -->
|
||||
<filename>/var/log/wtmp</filename> - list of previous login
|
||||
sessions
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<filename>/etc/passwd</filename> - user account information
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<filename>/etc/shadow</filename> - secure user account information
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<filename>/etc/motd</filename> - system message file
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<filename>/etc/nologin</filename> - prevent non-root users from
|
||||
logging in
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<filename>/etc/ttytype</filename> - list of terminal types
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<emphasis remap='I'>$HOME/.hushlogin</emphasis> - suppress printing
|
||||
of system messages
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>mail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>sh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>login.defs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>nologin</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>getty</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='author'>
|
||||
<title>AUTHOR</title>
|
||||
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh <jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com></para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
104
man/login.access.5.xml
Normal file
104
man/login.access.5.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='loginaccess5'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: login.access.5.xml,v 1.4 2005/04/22 07:00:57 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<!-- this is comment -->
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>LOGIN.ACCESS</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>login.access</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>Login access control table</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
<!-- body begins here -->
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The <emphasis remap='I'>login.access</emphasis> file specifies
|
||||
(user, host) combinations and/or
|
||||
(user, tty) combinations for which a login will be either accepted
|
||||
or
|
||||
refused.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
When someone logs in, the <emphasis remap='I'>login.access</emphasis> is
|
||||
scanned for the first entry
|
||||
that matches the (user, host) combination, or, in case of
|
||||
non-networked
|
||||
logins, the first entry that matches the (user, tty) combination.
|
||||
The
|
||||
permissions field of that table entry determines whether the login
|
||||
will be
|
||||
accepted or refused.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Each line of the login access control table has three fields
|
||||
separated by a
|
||||
":" character:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='I'>permission</emphasis>:<emphasis remap='I'>users</emphasis>:<emphasis remap='I'>
|
||||
origins
|
||||
</emphasis>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The first field should be a "<emphasis remap='B'>+</emphasis>"
|
||||
(access granted) or "<emphasis remap='B'>-</emphasis>" (access
|
||||
denied) character. The second field should be a list of one or more
|
||||
login
|
||||
names, group names, or <emphasis remap='B'>ALL</emphasis> (always
|
||||
matches). The third field should be
|
||||
a list of one or more tty names (for non-networked logins), host
|
||||
names,
|
||||
domain names (begin with "<literal>.</literal>"), host addresses,
|
||||
internet network
|
||||
numbers (end with "<literal>.</literal>"), <emphasis remap='B'>ALL</emphasis> (always matches) or <emphasis remap='B'>
|
||||
LOCAL
|
||||
</emphasis>
|
||||
(matches any string that does not contain a "<literal>.</literal>"
|
||||
character). If you run
|
||||
NIS you can use @netgroupname in host or user patterns.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The <emphasis remap='B'>EXCEPT</emphasis> operator makes it
|
||||
possible to write very compact rules.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The group file is searched only when a name does not match that
|
||||
of the
|
||||
logged-in user. Only groups are matched in which users are
|
||||
explicitly
|
||||
listed: the program does not look at a user's primary group id
|
||||
value.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='files'>
|
||||
<title>FILES</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<filename>/etc/loginn.defs</filename> - shadow password suite
|
||||
configuration
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='author'>
|
||||
<title>AUTHOR</title>
|
||||
<para>Guido van Rooij</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
.\" $Id: login.defs.5,v 1.15 2005/04/05 18:47:50 kloczek Exp $
|
||||
.\" $Id: login.defs.5,v 1.17 2005/04/26 12:16:36 kloczek Exp $
|
||||
.\" Copyright 1991 - 1993, Julianne Frances Haugh and Chip Rosenthal
|
||||
.\" All rights reserved.
|
||||
.\"
|
||||
@ -57,8 +57,8 @@ If \fIyes\fR, the \fBchfn\fR and \fBchsh\fR programs will require
|
||||
authentication before making any changes, unless run by the superuser.
|
||||
.\"
|
||||
.IP "CHFN_RESTRICT (string)"
|
||||
This parameter specifies which values in the fIgecos\fR field of the
|
||||
\fI/etc/passwd\fR file may be changed by regular users using the fBchfn\fR
|
||||
This parameter specifies which values in the \fIgecos\fR field of the
|
||||
\fI/etc/passwd\fR file may be changed by regular users using the \fBchfn\fR
|
||||
program. It can be any combination of letters \fIf\fR, \fIr\fR, \fIw\fR,
|
||||
\fIh\fR, for Full name, Room number, Work phone, and Home phone,
|
||||
respectively. For backward compatibility, "yes" is equivalent to "rwh" and
|
||||
|
||||
285
man/login.defs.5.xml
Normal file
285
man/login.defs.5.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,285 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='login.defs.5'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: login.defs.5.xml,v 1.6 2005/04/27 18:20:35 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>login.defs</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>/etc/login.defs</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>shadow password suite configuration</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para>The <filename>/etc/login.defs</filename> file defines the
|
||||
site-specific configuration for the shadow password suite. This file
|
||||
is required. Absence of this file will not prevent system operation,
|
||||
but will probably result in undesirable operation.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>This file is a readable text file, each line of the file
|
||||
describing one configuration parameter. The lines consist of a
|
||||
configuration name and value, separated by whitespace. Blank lines and
|
||||
comment lines are ignored. Comments are introduced with a `#' pound
|
||||
sign and the pound sign must be the first non-white character of the
|
||||
line.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Parameter values may be of four types: strings, booleans,
|
||||
numbers, and long numbers. A string is comprised of any printable
|
||||
characters. A boolean should be either the value “yes” or
|
||||
“no”. An undefined boolean parameter or one with a value
|
||||
other than these will be given a “no” value. Numbers (both
|
||||
regular and long) may be either decimal values, octal values (precede
|
||||
the value with “0”) or hexadecimal values (precede the
|
||||
value with “0x”). The maximum value of the regular and
|
||||
long numeric parameters is machine-dependent.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The following configuration items are provided:</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<variablelist remap='IP'>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>CHFN_AUTH (boolean)</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para> If <emphasis remap='I'>yes</emphasis>, the
|
||||
<command>chfn</coamand> and <command>chsh</coamand> programs
|
||||
will require authentication before making any changes, unless
|
||||
run by the superuser.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>CHFN_RESTRICT (string)</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>This parameter specifies which values in the <emphasis
|
||||
remap='I'>gecos</emphasis> field of the
|
||||
<filename>/etc/passwd</filename> file may be changed by regular
|
||||
users using the <command>chfn</command> program. It can be any
|
||||
combination of letters <emphasis remap='I'>f</emphasis>
|
||||
,<emphasis remap='I'>r</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>,
|
||||
<emphasis remap='I'>h</emphasis>, for Full name, Room number,
|
||||
Work phone, and Home phone, respectively. For backward
|
||||
compatibility, "yes" is equivalent to "rwh" and "no" is
|
||||
equivalent to "frwh". If not specified, only the superuser can
|
||||
make any changes. The most restrictive setting is better
|
||||
achieved by not installing chfn SUID.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>CREATE_HOME (boolean)</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>This defines whether useradd should create home directories
|
||||
for users by default. This option is OR'ed with the
|
||||
<option>-m</option> flag on useradd command line.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>GID_MAX (number)</term>
|
||||
<term>GID_MIN (number)</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Range of group IDs to choose from for the
|
||||
<command>useradd</coamand> and
|
||||
<command>groupadd</coamand>programs.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>MAIL_DIR (string)</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The mail spool directory. This is needed to manipulate the
|
||||
mailbox when its corresponding user account is modified or
|
||||
deleted. If not specified, a compile-time default is used.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>PASS_MAX_DAYS (number)</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The maximum number of days a password may be used. If the
|
||||
password is older than this, a password change will be forced.
|
||||
If not specified, -1 will be assumed (which disables the
|
||||
restriction).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>PASS_MIN_DAYS (number)</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The minimum number of days allowed between password changes.
|
||||
Any password changes attempted sooner than this will be
|
||||
rejected. If not specified, -1 will be assumed (which disables
|
||||
the restriction).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>PASS_WARN_AGE (number)</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The number of days warning given before a password expires.
|
||||
A zero means warning is given only upon the day of expiration, a
|
||||
negative value means no warning is given. If not specified, no
|
||||
warning will be provided.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>PASS_MAX_DAYS, PASS_MIN_DAYS and PASS_WARN_AGE are only used at
|
||||
the time of account creation. Any changes to these settings won't
|
||||
affect existing accounts.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<variablelist remap='IP'>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>UID_MAX (number)</term>
|
||||
<term>UID_MIN (number)</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Range of user IDs to choose from for the
|
||||
<command>useradd</coamand> program.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>UMASK (number)</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The permission mask is initialized to this value. If not
|
||||
specified, the permission mask will be initialized to 077.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>USERDEL_CMD (string)</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>If defined, this command is run when removing a user. It
|
||||
should remove any at/cron/print jobs etc. owned by the user to
|
||||
be removed (passed as the first argument).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='cross_reference'>
|
||||
<title>CROSS REFERENCE</title>
|
||||
<para>The following cross reference shows which programs in the shadow
|
||||
password suite use which parameters.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<!-- .na -->
|
||||
<variablelist remap='IP'>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>chfn</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>CHFN_AUTH CHFN_RESTRICT</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>chsh</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>CHFN_AUTH</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>groupadd</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>GID_MAX GID_MIN</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>newusers</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>PASS_MAX_DAYS PASS_MIN_DAYS PASS_WARN_AGE
|
||||
UMASK
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>pwconv</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>PASS_MAX_DAYS PASS_MIN_DAYS PASS_WARN_AGE</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>useradd</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>CREATE_HOME
|
||||
GID_MAX GID_MIN
|
||||
PASS_MAX_DAYS PASS_MIN_DAYS PASS_WARN_AGE
|
||||
UID_MAX UID_MIN
|
||||
UMASK
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>userdel</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>MAIL_DIR
|
||||
USERDEL_CMD
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>usermod</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>MAIL_DIR</para>
|
||||
<!-- .ad -->
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='bugs'>
|
||||
<title>BUGS</title>
|
||||
<para>Much of the functionality that used to be provided by the shadow
|
||||
password suite is now handled by PAM. Thus,
|
||||
<filename>/etc/login.defs</filename> is no longer used by programs
|
||||
such as:
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>.
|
||||
Please refer to the corresponding PAM configuration files instead.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>pam</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='authors'>
|
||||
<title>AUTHORS</title>
|
||||
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com) Chip Rosenthal (chip@unicom.com)
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
78
man/logoutd.8.xml
Normal file
78
man/logoutd.8.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='logoutd8'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: logoutd.8.xml,v 1.4 2005/04/22 07:00:57 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<!-- Copyright 1991, Julianne Frances Haugh -->
|
||||
<!-- All rights reserved. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without -->
|
||||
<!-- modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions -->
|
||||
<!-- are met: -->
|
||||
<!-- 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright -->
|
||||
<!-- notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. -->
|
||||
<!-- 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright -->
|
||||
<!-- notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the -->
|
||||
<!-- documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. -->
|
||||
<!-- 3. Neither the name of Julianne F. Haugh nor the names of its contributors -->
|
||||
<!-- may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software -->
|
||||
<!-- without specific prior written permission. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY JULIE HAUGH AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND -->
|
||||
<!-- ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE -->
|
||||
<!-- IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE -->
|
||||
<!-- ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL JULIE HAUGH OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE -->
|
||||
<!-- FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL -->
|
||||
<!-- DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS -->
|
||||
<!-- OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) -->
|
||||
<!-- HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT -->
|
||||
<!-- LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY -->
|
||||
<!-- OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF -->
|
||||
<!-- SUCH DAMAGE. -->
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>LOGOUTD</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>logoutd</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>Enforce login time restrictions</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
<!-- body begins here -->
|
||||
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>logoutd</command>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
</refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<command>logoutd</command> enforces the login time and port
|
||||
restrictions specified in
|
||||
<filename>/etc/porttime</filename>. <command>logoutd</command>
|
||||
should be started from <filename>/etc/rc</filename>.
|
||||
The <filename>/var/run/utmp</filename> file is scanned periodically
|
||||
and each user name
|
||||
is checked to see if the named user is permitted on the named port
|
||||
at the current time.
|
||||
Any login session which is violating the restrictions in <filename>
|
||||
/etc/porttime
|
||||
</filename>
|
||||
is terminated.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='files'>
|
||||
<title>FILES</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<filename>/etc/porttime</filename> - login and port permissions
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<filename>/var/run/utmp</filename> - current login sessions
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='author'>
|
||||
<title>AUTHOR</title>
|
||||
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
114
man/mkpasswd.8.xml
Normal file
114
man/mkpasswd.8.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='mkpasswd8'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: mkpasswd.8.xml,v 1.5 2005/04/27 16:44:12 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>mkpasswd</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>mkpasswd</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>Update passwd and group database files</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>mkpasswd</command>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-fvgps </arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'><replaceable>file</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
</refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<command>mkpasswd</command> reads the file in the format given by the
|
||||
flags and converts it to the corresponding database file format. These
|
||||
database files are used to improve access performance on systems with
|
||||
large numbers of users. The output files will be named <emphasis
|
||||
remap='I'>file</emphasis>.dir and <emphasis
|
||||
remap='I'>file</emphasis>.pag.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The <option>-f</option> option causes <command>mkpasswd</command>
|
||||
to ignore any existing output files and overwrite them. Normally
|
||||
<command>mkpasswd</command> complains about existing output files and
|
||||
quits.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The <option>-v</option> option causes <command>mkpasswd</command>
|
||||
to output information about each record as it is converted, with a
|
||||
final message at the very end.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The <option>-g</option> option treats the input file as though it
|
||||
were in <filename>/etc/group</filename> file format. When combined
|
||||
with the <option>-s</option> option, the
|
||||
<filename>/etc/gshadow</filename> file format is used instead.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The <option>-p</option> option treats the input file as though it
|
||||
were in <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> file format. This is the
|
||||
default. When combined with the <option>-s</option> option, the
|
||||
<filename>/etc/shadow</filename> file format is used instead.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='caveats'>
|
||||
<title>CAVEATS</title>
|
||||
<para>The use of more than one database file is limited to systems which
|
||||
include the NDBM database library and therefore may not be available
|
||||
on every system.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='note'>
|
||||
<title>NOTE</title>
|
||||
<para>Since most commands are capable of updating the database files as
|
||||
changes are made, this command need only be used when re-creating a
|
||||
deleted or corrupted database file.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='files'>
|
||||
<title>FILES</title>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>user account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/shadow</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>secure user account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>group account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/gshadow</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>group account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='author'>
|
||||
<title>AUTHOR</title>
|
||||
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
146
man/newusers.8.xml
Normal file
146
man/newusers.8.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='newusers8'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: newusers.8.xml,v 1.4 2005/04/22 07:00:57 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<!-- Copyright 1991 \- 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh -->
|
||||
<!-- All rights reserved. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without -->
|
||||
<!-- modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions -->
|
||||
<!-- are met: -->
|
||||
<!-- 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright -->
|
||||
<!-- notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. -->
|
||||
<!-- 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright -->
|
||||
<!-- notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the -->
|
||||
<!-- documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. -->
|
||||
<!-- 3. Neither the name of Julianne F. Haugh nor the names of its contributors -->
|
||||
<!-- may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software -->
|
||||
<!-- without specific prior written permission. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY JULIE HAUGH AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND -->
|
||||
<!-- ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE -->
|
||||
<!-- IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE -->
|
||||
<!-- ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL JULIE HAUGH OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE -->
|
||||
<!-- FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL -->
|
||||
<!-- DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS -->
|
||||
<!-- OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) -->
|
||||
<!-- HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT -->
|
||||
<!-- LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY -->
|
||||
<!-- OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF -->
|
||||
<!-- SUCH DAMAGE. -->
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>NEWUSERS</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>newusers</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>update and create new users in batch</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
<!-- body begins here -->
|
||||
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>newusers</command>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>
|
||||
<replaceable>new_users</replaceable>
|
||||
</arg>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
</refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<command>newusers</command> reads a file of user name and
|
||||
clear-text password pairs and
|
||||
uses this information to update a group of existing users or to
|
||||
create new
|
||||
users. Each line is in the same format as the standard password
|
||||
file (see
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
)with the following exceptions.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<variablelist remap='IP'>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='I'>pw_passwd</emphasis>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>This field will be encrypted and used as the new
|
||||
value of the encrypted
|
||||
password.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='I'>pw_age</emphasis>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>This field will be ignored for shadow passwords if
|
||||
the user already exists.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='I'>pw_gid</emphasis>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>This field may be the name of an existing group, in
|
||||
which case the named
|
||||
user will be added as a member. If a non-existent
|
||||
numerical group is given,
|
||||
a new group will be created having this number.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='I'>pw_dir</emphasis>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>This field will be checked for existence as a
|
||||
directory and a new directory
|
||||
with the same name will be created if it does not
|
||||
already exist. The
|
||||
ownership of the directory will be set to be that of
|
||||
the user being created
|
||||
or updated.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>This command is intended to be used in a large system environment
|
||||
where many
|
||||
accounts are updated at a single time.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='caveats'>
|
||||
<title>CAVEATS</title>
|
||||
<para>The input file must be protected since it contains unencrypted
|
||||
passwords.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='author'>
|
||||
<title>AUTHOR</title>
|
||||
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
.\" $Id: passwd.1,v 1.24 2005/04/15 19:17:20 kloczek Exp $
|
||||
.\" $Id: passwd.1,v 1.25 2005/05/09 10:14:40 kloczek Exp $
|
||||
.\" Copyright 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
|
||||
.\" All rights reserved.
|
||||
.\"
|
||||
@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ such as the full name of the user, user's login shell, or password expiry
|
||||
date and interval.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fB\-s\fR option makes \fBpasswd\fR call \fBchsh\fR to change the user's
|
||||
shell. The \fB\-f\fR option makes passwd call chfn to change the user's
|
||||
shell. The \fB\-f\fR option makes \fBpasswd\fR call \fBchfn\fR to change the user's
|
||||
gecos information. These two options are only meant for compatiblity, since
|
||||
the other programs can be called directly.
|
||||
.SS Password Changes
|
||||
|
||||
311
man/passwd.1.xml
Normal file
311
man/passwd.1.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='passwd.1'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: passwd.1.xml,v 1.8 2005/05/09 10:14:39 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
<refmiscinfo class="sectdesc">User Commands</refmiscinfo>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>passwd</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>change user password</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>passwd</command>
|
||||
<group choice='opt'>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'>-f </arg><arg choice='plain'>-s </arg>
|
||||
</group>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>
|
||||
<replaceable>name</replaceable>
|
||||
</arg>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>passwd</command>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-g </arg>
|
||||
<group choice='opt'>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'>-r </arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'>-R </arg>
|
||||
</group>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'>
|
||||
<replaceable>group</replaceable>
|
||||
</arg>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>passwd</command>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-x <replaceable>max</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-n <replaceable>min</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-w <replaceable>warn</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-i <replaceable>inact</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'><replaceable>login</replaceable>
|
||||
</arg>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>passwd</command>
|
||||
<group choice='opt'>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'>-l </arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'>-u </arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'>-d </arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'>-S </arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'>-e </arg>
|
||||
</group>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'><replaceable>login</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
</refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<command>passwd</command> changes passwords for user and group
|
||||
accounts. A normal user may only change the password for his/her own
|
||||
account, the super user may change the password for any account. The
|
||||
administrator of a group may change the password for the group.
|
||||
<command>passwd</command> also changes account information, such as
|
||||
the full name of the user, user's login shell, or password expiry date
|
||||
and interval.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The <option>-s</option> option makes <command>passwd</command>
|
||||
call <command>chsh</coamand> to change the user's shell. The
|
||||
<option>-f</option> option makes <command>passwd</command> call
|
||||
<command>chfn</command> to change the user's gecos information. These
|
||||
two options are only meant for compatiblity, since the other programs
|
||||
can be called directly.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect2 id='password_changes'>
|
||||
<title>Password Changes</title>
|
||||
<para>The user is first prompted for his/her old password, if one is
|
||||
present. This password is then encrypted and compared against the
|
||||
stored password. The user has only one chance to enter the correct
|
||||
password. The super user is permitted to bypass this step so that
|
||||
forgotten passwords may be changed.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>After the password has been entered, password aging information
|
||||
is checked to see if the user is permitted to change the password at
|
||||
this time. If not, <command>passwd</command> refuses to change the
|
||||
password and exits.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The user is then prompted for a replacement password. This
|
||||
password is tested for complexity. As a general guideline, passwords
|
||||
should consist of 6 to 8 characters including one or more from each
|
||||
of following sets:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Lower case alphabetics</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Upper case alphabetics</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Digits 0 thru 9</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Punctuation marks</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Care must be taken not to include the system default erase or
|
||||
kill characters. <command>passwd</command> will reject any password
|
||||
which is not suitably complex.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>If the password is accepted, <command>passwd</command> will
|
||||
prompt again and compare the second entry against the first. Both
|
||||
entries are required to match in order for the password to be
|
||||
changed.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect2>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect2 id='group_passwords'>
|
||||
<title>Group passwords</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
When the <option>-g</option> option is used, the password for the
|
||||
named group is changed. The user must either be the super user, or a
|
||||
group administrator for the named group. The current group password
|
||||
is not prompted for. The <option>-r</option> option is used with the
|
||||
<option>-g</option> option to remove the current password from the
|
||||
named group. This allows group access to all members. The
|
||||
<option>-R</option> option is used with the <option>-g</option>
|
||||
option to restrict the named group for all users.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect2>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect2 id='password_expiry_information'>
|
||||
<title>Password expiry information</title>
|
||||
<para>The password aging information may be changed by the super user
|
||||
with the <option>-x</option>, <option>-n</option>,
|
||||
<option>-w</option>, and <option>-i</option> options. The
|
||||
<option>-x</option> option is used to set the maximum number of days
|
||||
a password remains valid. After <emphasis remap='I'>max</emphasis>
|
||||
days, the password is required to be changed. The
|
||||
<option>-n</option> option is used to set the minimum number of days
|
||||
before a password may be changed. The user will not be permitted to
|
||||
change the password until <emphasis remap='I'>min</emphasis> days
|
||||
have elapsed. The <option>-w</option> option is used to set the
|
||||
number of days of warning the user will receive before his/her
|
||||
password will expire. The warning occurs <emphasis
|
||||
remap='I'>warn</emphasis> days before the expiration, telling the
|
||||
user how many days remain until the password is set to expire. The
|
||||
<option>-i</option> option is used to disable an account after the
|
||||
password has been expired for a number of days. After a user account
|
||||
has had an expired password for <emphasis remap='I'>inact</emphasis>
|
||||
days, the user may no longer sign on to the account.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>If you wish to immediately expire an account's password, you can
|
||||
use the <option>-e</option> option. This in effect can force a user
|
||||
to change his/her password at the user's next login. You can also
|
||||
use the <option>-d</option> option to delete a user's password (make
|
||||
it empty). Use caution with this option since it can make an account
|
||||
not require a password at all to login, leaving your system open to
|
||||
intruders.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect2>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect2 id='account_maintenance'>
|
||||
<title>Account maintenance</title>
|
||||
<para> User accounts may be locked and unlocked with the
|
||||
<option>-l</option> and <option>-u</option> flags. The
|
||||
<option>-l</option> option disables an account by changing the
|
||||
password to a value which matches no possible encrypted value. The
|
||||
<option>-u</option> option re-enables an account by changing the
|
||||
password back to its previous value.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The account status may be viewed with the <option>-S</option>
|
||||
option. The status information consists of 7 fields. The first
|
||||
field is the user's login name. The second field indicates if the
|
||||
user account is locked (L), has no password (NP), or has a usable
|
||||
password (P). The third field gives the date of the last password
|
||||
change. The next four fields are the minimum age, maximum age,
|
||||
warning period, and inactivity period for the password. These ages
|
||||
are expressed in days. See <emphasis remap='B'>Password expiry
|
||||
information</emphasis> above for a discussion of these fields.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect2>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect2 id='hints_for_user_passwords'>
|
||||
<title>Hints for user passwords</title>
|
||||
<para>The security of a password depends upon the strength of the
|
||||
encryption algorithm and the size of the key space. The <emphasis
|
||||
remap='B'>\s-2UNIX</emphasis> System encryption method is based on
|
||||
the NBS DES algorithm and is very secure. The size of the key space
|
||||
depends upon the randomness of the password which is selected.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Compromises in password security normally result from careless
|
||||
password selection or handling. For this reason, you should not
|
||||
select a password which appears in a dictionary or which must be
|
||||
written down. The password should also not be a proper name, your
|
||||
license number, birth date, or street address. Any of these may be
|
||||
used as guesses to violate system security.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Your password must easily remembered so that you will not be
|
||||
forced to write it on a piece of paper. This can be accomplished by
|
||||
appending two small words together and separating each with a
|
||||
special character or digit. For example, Pass%word.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Other methods of construction involve selecting an easily
|
||||
remembered phrase from literature and selecting the first or last
|
||||
letter from each word. An example of this is
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Ask not for whom the bell tolls.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>which produces</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>An4wtbt.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>You may be reasonably sure few crackers will have included this
|
||||
in their dictionaries. You should, however, select your own methods
|
||||
for constructing passwords and not rely exclusively on the methods
|
||||
given here.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect2>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect2 id='notes_about_group_passwords'>
|
||||
<title>Notes about group passwords</title>
|
||||
<para>Group passwords are an inherent security problem since more than
|
||||
one person is permitted to know the password. However, groups are a
|
||||
useful tool for permitting co-operation between different users.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect2>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='caveats'>
|
||||
<title>CAVEATS</title>
|
||||
<para>Not all options may be supported. Password complexity checking
|
||||
may vary from site to site. The user is urged to select a password as
|
||||
complex as he feels comfortable with. Users may not be able to change
|
||||
their password on a system if NIS is enabled and they are not logged
|
||||
into the NIS server.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='files'>
|
||||
<title>FILES</title>
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>user account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/shadow</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>secure user account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='exit_values'>
|
||||
<title>EXIT VALUES</title>
|
||||
<variablelist remap='TP'>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
The <command>passwd</command> command exits with the
|
||||
following values:
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<literal>0</literal> - success
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>1</literal> - permission denied
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>2</literal> - invalid combination of options
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>3</literal> - unexpected failure, nothing done
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>4</literal> - unexpected failure, passwd file
|
||||
missing
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>5</literal> - passwd file busy, try again
|
||||
later <!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>6</literal> - invalid argument to option
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='author'>
|
||||
<title>AUTHOR</title>
|
||||
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh <jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com></para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
123
man/passwd.5.xml
Normal file
123
man/passwd.5.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='passwd.5'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: passwd.5.xml,v 1.5 2005/04/27 16:44:12 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>passwd</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>The password file</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<filename>/etc/passwd</filename> contains various pieces of
|
||||
information for each user account. Included is:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Login name</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Optional encrypted password</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Numerical user ID</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Numerical group ID</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>User name or comment field</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>User home directory</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>User command interpreter</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The password field may not be filled if shadow passwords have been
|
||||
enabled. If shadow passwords are being used, the encrypted password
|
||||
will be found in <filename>/etc/shadow</filename>. The encrypted
|
||||
password consists of characters from the 64 characters alphabet a thru
|
||||
z, A thru Z, 0 thru 9, \. and /. Optionally it can start with a "$"
|
||||
character. This means the encrypted password was generated using
|
||||
another (not DES) algorithm. For example if it starts with "$1$" it
|
||||
means the MD5-based algorithm was used.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para> Refer to <citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>crypt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry> for details on how this string is interpreted.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The comment field is used by various system utilities, such as
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>finger</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>. Three additional values may be present in the comment
|
||||
field. They are:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>pri= - set initial value of nice</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>umask= - set initial value of umask</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>ulimit= - set initial value of ulimit</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>These fields are separated from each other and from any other
|
||||
comment field by a comma.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The home directory field provides the name of the initial working
|
||||
directory. <emphasis remap='B'>Login</emphasis> uses this information
|
||||
to set the value of the <envar>$HOME</envar> environmental variable.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The command interpreter field provides the name of the user's
|
||||
command language interpreter, or the name of the initial program to
|
||||
execute. <emphasis remap='B'>Login</emphasis> uses this information
|
||||
to set the value of the <envar>$SHELL</envar> environmental variable.
|
||||
If this field is empty, it defaults to the value
|
||||
<filename>/bin/sh</filename>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='files'>
|
||||
<title>FILES</title>
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>user account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>pwconv</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>pwunconv</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>sulogin</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='author'>
|
||||
<title>AUTHOR</title>
|
||||
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
@ -38,7 +38,11 @@ host_triplet = @host@
|
||||
subdir = man/pl
|
||||
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
|
||||
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
|
||||
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
|
||||
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
|
||||
|
||||
102
man/porttime.5.xml
Normal file
102
man/porttime.5.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='porttime.5'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: porttime.5.xml,v 1.6 2005/04/27 16:44:12 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>porttime</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>porttime</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>port access time file</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='I'>porttime</emphasis> contains a list of tty
|
||||
devices, user names, and permitted login times.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Each entry consists of three colon separated fields. The first
|
||||
field is a comma separated list of tty devices, or an asterisk to
|
||||
indicate that all tty devices are matched by this entry. The second
|
||||
field is a comma separated list of user names, or an asterisk to
|
||||
indicated that all user names are matched by this entry. The third
|
||||
field is a comma separated list of permitted access times.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Each access time entry consists of zero or more days of the week,
|
||||
abbreviated <emphasis remap='B'>Su</emphasis>, <emphasis
|
||||
remap='B'>Mo</emphasis>,<emphasis remap='B'>Tu</emphasis>, <emphasis
|
||||
remap='B'>We</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='B'>Th</emphasis>, <emphasis
|
||||
remap='B'>Fr</emphasis>, and <emphasis remap='B'>Sa</emphasis>,
|
||||
followed by a pair of times separated by a hyphen. The abbreviation
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>Wk</emphasis> may be used to represent Monday thru
|
||||
Friday, and <emphasis remap='B'>Al</emphasis> may be used to indicate
|
||||
every day. If no days are given, <emphasis remap='B'>Al</emphasis> is
|
||||
assumed.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='examples'>
|
||||
<title>EXAMPLES</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The following entry allows access to user <emphasis
|
||||
remap='B'>jfh</emphasis> on every port during weekdays from 9am to
|
||||
5pm.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
|
||||
<para> *:jfh:Wk0900-1700</para>
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The following entries allow access only to the users <emphasis
|
||||
remap='B'>root</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='B'>oper</emphasis> on
|
||||
/dev/console at any time. This illustrates how the
|
||||
<filename>/etc/porttime</filename> file is an ordered list of access
|
||||
times. Any other user would match the second entry which does not
|
||||
permit access at any time.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
|
||||
<para> console:root,oper:Al0000-2400
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
console:*:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The following entry allows access for the user <emphasis
|
||||
remap='B'>games</emphasis> on any port during non-working hours.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
|
||||
<para> *:games:Wk1700-0900,SaSu0000-2400</para>
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='files'>
|
||||
<title>FILES</title>
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/porttime</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>file containing port access</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='author'>
|
||||
<title>AUTHOR</title>
|
||||
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
@ -38,7 +38,11 @@ host_triplet = @host@
|
||||
subdir = man/pt_BR
|
||||
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
|
||||
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
|
||||
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
|
||||
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
|
||||
|
||||
244
man/pw_auth.3.xml
Normal file
244
man/pw_auth.3.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='pw_auth.3'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: pw_auth.3.xml,v 1.5 2005/04/27 15:43:25 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>pw_auth</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>3</manvolnum>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>pwauth</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>administrator defined password authentication routines</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='syntax'>
|
||||
<title>SYNTAX</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>#include <pwauth.h></emphasis>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>int pw_auth (char</emphasis>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='I'>*command,</emphasis>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>char</emphasis>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='I'>*user,</emphasis>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>int</emphasis>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='I'>reason,</emphasis>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>char</emphasis>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='I'>*input)</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>;</emphasis>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>pw_auth</emphasis>
|
||||
invokes the administrator defined functions for a given user.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para><emphasis remap='I'>command</emphasis> is the name of the
|
||||
authentication program. It is retrieved from the user's password file
|
||||
information. The string contains one or more executable file names,
|
||||
delimited by semi-colons. Each program will be executed in the order
|
||||
given. The command line arguments are given for each of the reasons
|
||||
listed below.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para> <emphasis remap='I'>user</emphasis> is the name of the user to be
|
||||
authenticated, as given in the <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> file.
|
||||
User entries are indexed by username. This allows non-unique user IDs
|
||||
to be present and for each different username associated with that
|
||||
user ID to have a different authentication program and information.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Each of the permissible authentication reasons is handled in a
|
||||
potentially differenent manner. Unless otherwise mentioned, the
|
||||
standard file descriptors 0, 1, and 2 are available for communicating
|
||||
with the user. The real user ID may be used to determine the identity
|
||||
of the user making the authentication request. <emphasis
|
||||
remap='I'>reason</emphasis> is one of
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<variablelist remap='IP'>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>PW_SU</emphasis>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Perform authentication for the current real user ID
|
||||
attempting to switch real user ID to the named user. The
|
||||
authentication program will be invoked with a
|
||||
<option>-s</option> option, followed by the username.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>PW_LOGIN</emphasis>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Perform authentication for the named user creating a new
|
||||
login session. The authentication program will be invoked with a
|
||||
<option>-l</option> option, followed by the username.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>PW_ADD</emphasis>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Create a new entry for the named user. This allows an
|
||||
authentication program to initialize storage for a new user. The
|
||||
authentication program will be invoked with a
|
||||
<option>-a</option> option, followed by the username.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>PW_CHANGE</emphasis>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Alter an existing entry for the named user. This allows an
|
||||
authentication program to alter the authentication information
|
||||
for an existing user. The authentication program will be invoked
|
||||
with a <option>-c</option> option, followed by the username.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>PW_DELETE</emphasis>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Delete authentication information for the named user. This
|
||||
allows an authentication program to reclaim storage for a user
|
||||
which is no longer authenticated using the authentication
|
||||
program. The authentication program will be invoked with a
|
||||
<option>-d</option> option, followed by the username.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>PW_TELNET</emphasis>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Authenticate a user who is connecting to the system using
|
||||
the <emphasis remap='B'>telnet</emphasis> command. The
|
||||
authentication program will be invoked with a
|
||||
<option>-t</option> option, followed by the username.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>PW_RLOGIN</emphasis>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Authenticate a user who is connecting to the system using the
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>rlogin</emphasis> command. The
|
||||
authentication program will be invoked with a
|
||||
<option>-r</option> option, followed by the username.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>PW_FTP</emphasis>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Authenticate a user who is connecting to the system using the
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>ftp</emphasis> command. The authentication
|
||||
program will be invoked with a <option>-f</option> option,
|
||||
followed by the username. The standard file descriptors are not
|
||||
available for communicating with the user. The standard input
|
||||
file descriptor will be connected to the parent process, while
|
||||
the other two output file descriptors will be connected to
|
||||
<filename>/dev/null</filename>. The <emphasis
|
||||
remap='B'>pw_auth</emphasis> function will pipe a single line of
|
||||
data to the authentication program using file descriptor 0.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>PW_REXEC</emphasis>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Authenticate a user who is connecting to the system using the
|
||||
<emphasis remap='I'>rexec</emphasis> command. The authentication
|
||||
program will be invoked with a <option>-x</option> option,
|
||||
followed by the username. The standard file descriptors are not
|
||||
available for communicating with the remote user. The standard
|
||||
input file descriptor will be connected to the parent process,
|
||||
while the other two output file descriptors will be connected to
|
||||
<filename>/dev/null</filename>. The <emphasis
|
||||
remap='B'>pw_auth</emphasis> function will pipe a single line of
|
||||
data to the authentication program using file descriptor 0.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The last argument is the authentication data which is used by the
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>PW_FTP</emphasis> and <emphasis
|
||||
remap='B'>PW_REXEC</emphasis> reasons. It is treated as a single line
|
||||
of text which is piped to the authentication program. When the reason
|
||||
is <emphasis remap='B'>PW_CHANGE,</emphasis> the value of <emphasis
|
||||
remap='I'>input</emphasis> is the value of previous user name if the
|
||||
user name is being changed.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='caveats'>
|
||||
<title>CAVEATS</title>
|
||||
<para>This function does not create the actual session. It only
|
||||
indicates if the user should be allowed to create the session.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The network options are untested at this time.</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='diagnostics'>
|
||||
<title>DIAGNOSTICS</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The <emphasis remap='B'>pw_auth</emphasis> function returns 0 if the
|
||||
authentication program exited with a 0 exit code, and a non-zero value
|
||||
otherwise.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>userdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>usermod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='author'>
|
||||
<title>AUTHOR</title>
|
||||
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
159
man/pwck.8.xml
Normal file
159
man/pwck.8.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='pwck.8'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: pwck.8.xml,v 1.6 2005/04/27 18:20:35 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>pwck</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>pwck</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>verify integrity of password files</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
<!-- body begins here -->
|
||||
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>pwck</command> <arg choice='opt'>-sr </arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'>
|
||||
<replaceable>passwd</replaceable>
|
||||
</arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'>
|
||||
<replaceable>shadow</replaceable>
|
||||
</arg>
|
||||
</arg>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
</refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<command>pwck</command> verifies the integrity of the system
|
||||
authentication information. All entries in the
|
||||
<filename>/etc/passwd</filename> and <filename>/etc/shadow</filename>
|
||||
are checked to see that the entry has the proper format and valid data
|
||||
in each field. The user is prompted to delete entries that are
|
||||
improperly formatted or which have other uncorrectable errors.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Checks are made to verify that each entry has</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- .in +.5i -->
|
||||
<para>- the correct number of fields
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
- a unique user name
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
- a valid user and group identifier
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
- a valid primary group
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
- a valid home directory
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
- a valid login shell
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<!-- .in \-.5i -->
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The checks for correct number of fields and unique user name are
|
||||
fatal. If the entry has the wrong number of fields, the user will be
|
||||
prompted to delete the entire line. If the user does not answer
|
||||
affirmatively, all further checks are bypassed. An entry with a
|
||||
duplicated user name is prompted for deletion, but the remaining
|
||||
checks will still be made. All other errors are warning and the user
|
||||
is encouraged to run the <command>usermod</coamand> command to correct
|
||||
the error.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para> The commands which operate on the
|
||||
<filename>/etc/passwd</filename> file are not able to alter corrupted
|
||||
or duplicated entries. <command>pwck</command> should be used in
|
||||
those circumstances to remove the offending entry.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='options'>
|
||||
<title>OPTIONS</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
By default, <command>pwck</command> operates on the files
|
||||
<filename>/etc/passwd</filename> and <filename>/etc/shadow</filename>.
|
||||
The user may select alternate files with the <emphasis
|
||||
remap='I'>passwd</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>shadow</emphasis>
|
||||
parameters. Additionally, the user may execute the command in
|
||||
read-only mode by specifying the <option>-r</option> flag. This causes
|
||||
all questions regarding changes to be answered <emphasis
|
||||
remap='B'>no</emphasis> without user intervention.
|
||||
<command>pwck</command> can also sort entries in
|
||||
<filename>/etc/passwd</filename> and <filename>/etc/shadow</filename>
|
||||
by UID. To run it in sort mode pass it <option>-s</option> flag. No
|
||||
checks are performed then, it just sorts.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='files'>
|
||||
<title>FILES</title>
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>group account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>user account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/shadow</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>secure user account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>usermod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='exit_values'>
|
||||
<title>EXIT VALUES</title>
|
||||
<variablelist remap='TP'>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
The <command>pwck</command> command exits with the
|
||||
following values:
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<literal>0</literal> - success
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>1</literal> - invalid command syntax
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>2</literal> - one or more bad password entries
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>3</literal> - can't open password files
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>4</literal> - can't lock password files
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>5</literal> - can't update password files
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='author'>
|
||||
<title>AUTHOR</title>
|
||||
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
.\"$Id: pwconv.8,v 1.15 2005/04/02 08:01:24 kloczek Exp $
|
||||
.\"$Id: pwconv.8,v 1.17 2005/05/19 10:34:59 kloczek Exp $
|
||||
.TH PWCONV 8 "26 Sep 1997"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
pwconv, pwunconv, grpconv, grpunconv \- convert to and from shadow passwords and groups.
|
||||
@ -40,10 +40,10 @@ shadowed file if the main file is edited by hand.
|
||||
and \fIPASS_WARN_AGE\fR from \fI/etc/login.defs\fR when adding new entries
|
||||
to \fI/etc/shadow\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Likewise \fBpwunconv\fR and \fBgrpunconv\fR are similiar. Passwords in the
|
||||
Likewise \fBpwunconv\fR and \fBgrpunconv\fR are similar. Passwords in the
|
||||
main file are updated from the shadowed file. Entries which exist in the
|
||||
main file but not in the shadowed file are left alone. Finally, the shadowed
|
||||
file is removed. Some password aging information is lost by fBpwunconv\fR.
|
||||
file is removed. Some password aging information is lost by \fBpwunconv\fR.
|
||||
It will convert what it can.
|
||||
.SH "BUGS"
|
||||
Errors in the password or group files (such as invalid or duplicate entries)
|
||||
|
||||
117
man/pwconv.8.xml
Normal file
117
man/pwconv.8.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='pwconv.8'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: pwconv.8.xml,v 1.6 2005/05/19 10:35:00 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<refentryinfo>
|
||||
<date>26 Sep 1997</date>
|
||||
</refentryinfo>
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>PWCONV</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
<refmiscinfo class='date'>26 Sep 1997</refmiscinfo>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>pwconv</refname>
|
||||
<refname>pwunconv</refname>
|
||||
<refname>grpconv</refname>
|
||||
<refname>grpunconv</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>convert to and from shadow passwords and groups.</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>pwconv</command>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>pwunconv</command>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>grpconv</command>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>grpunconv</command>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
</refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para><command>pwconv</command> creates <emphasis
|
||||
remap='I'>shadow</emphasis> from <emphasis remap='I'>passwd</emphasis>
|
||||
and an optionally existing <emphasis remap='I'>shadow</emphasis>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para><command>pwunconv</command> creates <emphasis
|
||||
remap='I'>passwd</emphasis> from <emphasis remap='I'>passwd</emphasis>
|
||||
and <emphasis remap='I'>shadow</emphasis> and then removes <emphasis
|
||||
remap='I'>shadow</emphasis>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para><command>grpconv</command> creates <emphasis
|
||||
remap='I'>gshadow</emphasis> from <emphasis remap='I'>group</emphasis>
|
||||
and an optionally existing <emphasis remap='I'>gshadow</emphasis>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para><command>grpunconv</command> creates <emphasis
|
||||
remap='I'>group</emphasis> from <emphasis remap='I'>group</emphasis>
|
||||
and <emphasis remap='I'>gshadow</emphasis> and then removes <emphasis
|
||||
remap='I'>gshadow</emphasis>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>These four programs all operate on the normal and shadow password
|
||||
and group files: <filename>/etc/passwd</filename>,
|
||||
<filename>/etc/group</filename>, <filename>/etc/shadow</filename>, and
|
||||
<filename>/etc/gshadow</filename>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para> Each program acquires the necessary locks before conversion.
|
||||
<command>pwconv</command> and <command>grpconv</command> are similar.
|
||||
First, entries in the shadowed file which don't exist in the main file
|
||||
are removed. Then, shadowed entries which don't have `x' as the
|
||||
password in the main file are updated. Any missing shadowed entries
|
||||
are added. Finally, passwords in the main file are replaced with `x'.
|
||||
These programs can be used for initial conversion as well to update
|
||||
the shadowed file if the main file is edited by hand.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para><command>pwconv</command> will use the values of <emphasis
|
||||
remap='I'>PASS_MIN_DAYS</emphasis>, <emphasis
|
||||
remap='I'>PASS_MAX_DAYS</emphasis>, and <emphasis
|
||||
remap='I'>PASS_WARN_AGE</emphasis> from
|
||||
<filename>/etc/login.defs</filename> when adding new entries to
|
||||
<filename>/etc/shadow</filename>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Likewise <command>pwunconv</command> and
|
||||
<command>grpunconv</command> are similar. Passwords in the main file
|
||||
are updated from the shadowed file. Entries which exist in the main
|
||||
file but not in the shadowed file are left alone. Finally, the
|
||||
shadowed file is removed. Some password aging information is lost by
|
||||
<command>pwunconv</command>. It will convert what it can.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='bugs'>
|
||||
<title>BUGS</title>
|
||||
<para>Errors in the password or group files (such as invalid or
|
||||
duplicate entries) may cause these programs to loop forever or fail in
|
||||
other strange ways. Please run <command>pwck</command> and
|
||||
<command>grpck</command> to correct any such errors before converting
|
||||
to or from shadow passwords or groups.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>login.defs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>grpck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>pwck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry></para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
@ -38,7 +38,11 @@ host_triplet = @host@
|
||||
subdir = man/ru
|
||||
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
|
||||
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
|
||||
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
|
||||
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
|
||||
|
||||
199
man/shadow.3.xml
Normal file
199
man/shadow.3.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='shadow.3'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: shadow.3.xml,v 1.5 2005/04/27 16:44:12 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>3</manvolnum>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>shadow</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>encrypted password file routines</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='syntax'>
|
||||
<title>SYNTAX</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>#include <shadow.h></emphasis>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>struct spwd *getspent();</emphasis>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>struct spwd *getspnam(char</emphasis>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='I'>*name</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>);</emphasis>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>void setspent();</emphasis>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>void endspent();</emphasis>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>struct spwd *fgetspent(FILE</emphasis>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='I'>*fp</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>);</emphasis>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>struct spwd *sgetspent(char</emphasis>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='I'>*cp</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>);</emphasis>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>int putspent(struct spwd</emphasis>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='I'>*p,</emphasis>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>FILE</emphasis>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='I'>*fp</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>);</emphasis>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>int lckpwdf();</emphasis>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>int ulckpwdf();</emphasis>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='I'>shadow</emphasis>
|
||||
manipulates the contents of the shadow password file,
|
||||
<filename>/etc/shadow</filename>.
|
||||
The structure in the <emphasis remap='I'>#include</emphasis> file
|
||||
is
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>struct spwd {
|
||||
<!-- .in +.5i -->
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
char *sp_namp; /* user login name */
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
char *sp_pwdp; /* encrypted password */
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
long int sp_lstchg; /* last password change */
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
long int sp_min; /* days until change allowed. */
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
long int sp_max; /* days before change required */
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
long int sp_warn; /* days warning for expiration */
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
long int sp_inact; /* days before account inactive */
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
long int sp_expire; /* date when account expires */
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
unsigned long int sp_flag; /* reserved for future use */
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<!-- .in \-.5i -->
|
||||
}
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The meanings of each field are</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>sp_namp - pointer to null-terminated user name.
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
sp_pwdp - pointer to null-terminated password.
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
sp_lstchg - days since Jan 1, 1970 password was last changed.
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
sp_min - days before which password may not be changed.
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
sp_max - days after which password must be changed.
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
sp_warn - days before password is to expire that user is warned
|
||||
of pending password expiration.
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
sp_inact - days after password expires that account is considered
|
||||
inactive and disabled.
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
sp_expire - days since Jan 1, 1970 when account will be disabled.
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
sp_flag - reserved for future use.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description2'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>getspent</emphasis>, <emphasis
|
||||
remap='B'>getspname</emphasis> <emphasis
|
||||
remap='B'>fgetspent</emphasis>, and <emphasis
|
||||
remap='B'>sgetspent</emphasis> each return a pointer to a <emphasis
|
||||
remap='B'>struct spwd</emphasis>. <emphasis
|
||||
remap='B'>getspent</emphasis> returns the next entry from the file,
|
||||
and <emphasis remap='B'>fgetspent</emphasis> returns the next entry
|
||||
from the given stream, which is assumed to be a file of the proper
|
||||
format. <emphasis remap='B'>sgetspent</emphasis> returns a pointer to
|
||||
a <emphasis remap='B'>struct spwd</emphasis> using the provided string
|
||||
as input. <emphasis remap='B'>getspnam</emphasis> searches from the
|
||||
current position in the file for an entry matching <emphasis
|
||||
remap='B'>name</emphasis>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para><emphasis remap='B'>setspent</emphasis> and <emphasis
|
||||
remap='B'>endspent</emphasis> may be used to begin and end,
|
||||
respectively, access to the shadow password file.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>The <emphasis remap='B'>lckpwdf</emphasis> and <emphasis
|
||||
remap='B'>ulckpwdf</emphasis> routines should be used to insure
|
||||
exclusive access to the <filename>/etc/shadow</filename> file.
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>lckpwdf</emphasis> attempts to acquire a lock
|
||||
using <emphasis remap='B'>pw_lock</emphasis> for up to 15 seconds. It
|
||||
continues by attempting to acquire a second lock using <emphasis
|
||||
remap='B'>spw_lock</emphasis> for the remainder of the initial 15
|
||||
seconds. Should either attempt fail after a total of 15 seconds,
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>lckpwdf</emphasis> returns -1. When both locks are
|
||||
acquired 0 is returned.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='diagnostics'>
|
||||
<title>DIAGNOSTICS</title>
|
||||
<para>Routines return NULL if no more entries are available or if an
|
||||
error occurs during processing. Routines which have <emphasis
|
||||
remap='B'>int</emphasis> as the return value return 0 for success and
|
||||
-1 for failure.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='caveats'>
|
||||
<title>CAVEATS</title>
|
||||
<para>These routines may only be used by the super user as access to the
|
||||
shadow password file is restricted.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='files'>
|
||||
<title>FILES</title>
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/shadow</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>secure user account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>getpwent</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='author'>
|
||||
<title>AUTHOR</title>
|
||||
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
128
man/shadow.5.xml
Normal file
128
man/shadow.5.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='shadow.5'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: shadow.5.xml,v 1.5 2005/04/27 16:44:12 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>shadow</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>encrypted password file</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='I'>shadow</emphasis> contains the encrypted
|
||||
password information for user's accounts
|
||||
and optional the password aging information. Included is
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Login name</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Encrypted password</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Days since Jan 1, 1970 that password was last changed</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Days before password may be changed</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Days after which password must be changed</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Days before password is to expire that user is warned</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Days after password expires that account is disabled</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Days since Jan 1, 1970 that account is disabled</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>A reserved field</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The password field must be filled. The encryped password consists
|
||||
of 13 to 24 characters from the 64 characters alphabet a thru z, A
|
||||
thru Z, 0 thru 9, \. and /. Optionally it can start with a "$"
|
||||
character. This means the encrypted password was generated using
|
||||
another (not DES) algorithm. For example if it starts with "$1$" it
|
||||
means the MD5-based algorithm was used.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>crypt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
for details on how this string is interpreted.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The date of the last password change is given as the number of
|
||||
days since Jan 1, 1970. The password may not be changed again until
|
||||
the proper number of days have passed, and must be changed after the
|
||||
maximum number of days. If the minimum number of days required is
|
||||
greater than the maximum number of day allowed, this password may not
|
||||
be changed by the user.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>An account is considered to be inactive and is disabled if the
|
||||
password is not changed within the specified number of days after the
|
||||
password expires. An account will also be disabled on the specified
|
||||
day regardless of other password expiration information.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>This information supercedes any password or password age
|
||||
information present in <filename>/etc/passwd</filename>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>This file must not be readable by regular users if password
|
||||
security is to be maintained.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='files'>
|
||||
<title>FILES</title>
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>user account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/shadow</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>secure user account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>chage</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>pwconv</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>pwunconv</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>sulogin</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='author'>
|
||||
<title>AUTHOR</title>
|
||||
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
53
man/shadowconfig.8.xml
Normal file
53
man/shadowconfig.8.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='shadowconfig.8'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: shadowconfig.8.xml,v 1.5 2005/04/27 18:20:35 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<refentryinfo>
|
||||
<date>19 Apr 1997</date>
|
||||
</refentryinfo>
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>shadowconfig</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
<refmiscinfo class='date'>19 Apr 1997</refmiscinfo>
|
||||
<refmiscinfo class='source'>Debian GNU/Linux</refmiscinfo>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>shadowconfig</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>toggle shadow passwords on and off</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>shadowconfig</command>
|
||||
<group choice='plain'>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'><replaceable>on</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'><replaceable>off</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
</group>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
</refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<command>shadowconfig</coamand> on will turn shadow passwords on;
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>shadowconfig off</emphasis> will turn shadow
|
||||
passwords off. <command>shadowconfig</command> will print an error
|
||||
message and exit with a nonzero code if it finds anything awry. If
|
||||
that happens, you should correct the error and run it again. Turning
|
||||
shadow passwords on when they are already on, or off when they are
|
||||
already off, is harmless.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Read <filename>/usr/share/doc/passwd/README.debian</filename> for a
|
||||
brief introduction
|
||||
to shadow passwords and related features.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Note that turning shadow passwords off and on again will lose all
|
||||
password
|
||||
aging information.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
6
man/su.1
6
man/su.1
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
.\" $Id: su.1,v 1.16 2005/04/12 16:31:06 kloczek Exp $
|
||||
.\" $Id: su.1,v 1.18 2005/05/19 10:35:00 kloczek Exp $
|
||||
.\" Copyright 1989 - 1990, Julianne Frances Haugh
|
||||
.\" All rights reserved.
|
||||
.\"
|
||||
@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ su \- change user ID or become super\-user
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
\fBsu\fR is used to become another user during a login session. Invoked
|
||||
without a username, \fBsu\fR defaults to becoming the super user. The
|
||||
optional argument \fB\-\fR may be used to provide an environment similiar to
|
||||
optional argument \fB\-\fR may be used to provide an environment similar to
|
||||
what the user would expect had the user logged in directly.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Additional arguments may be provided after the username, in which case they
|
||||
@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ The user will be prompted for a password, if appropriate. Invalid passwords
|
||||
will produce an error message. All attempts, both valid and invalid, are
|
||||
logged to detect abuses of the system.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The current environment is passed to the new shell. The value of fB$PATH\fR
|
||||
The current environment is passed to the new shell. The value of \fB$PATH\fR
|
||||
\is reset to \fB/bin:/usr/bin\fR for normal users, or
|
||||
\fB/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin\fR for the super user. This may be changed
|
||||
with the \fBENV_PATH\fR and \fBENV_SUPATH\fR definitions in
|
||||
|
||||
113
man/su.1.xml
Normal file
113
man/su.1.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='su.1'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: su.1.xml,v 1.8 2005/05/19 10:35:00 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
<refmiscinfo class="sectdesc">User Commands</refmiscinfo>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>su</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>change user ID or become super-user</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>su</command>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>- </arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'>
|
||||
<replaceable>username</replaceable>
|
||||
</arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>
|
||||
<replaceable>args</replaceable>
|
||||
</arg>
|
||||
</arg>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
</refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<command>su</command> is used to become another user during a login
|
||||
session. Invoked without a username, <command>su</command> defaults to
|
||||
becoming the super user. The optional argument <option>-</option> may
|
||||
be used to provide an environment similar to what the user would
|
||||
expect had the user logged in directly.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Additional arguments may be provided after the username, in which
|
||||
case they are supplied to the user´s login shell. In particular,
|
||||
an argument of <option>-c</option> will cause the next argument to be
|
||||
treated as a command by most command interpreters. The command will be
|
||||
executed by the shell specified in <filename>/etc/passwd</filename>
|
||||
for the target user.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The user will be prompted for a password, if appropriate. Invalid
|
||||
passwords will produce an error message. All attempts, both valid and
|
||||
invalid, are logged to detect abuses of the system.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The current environment is passed to the new shell. The value of
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>$PATH</emphasis> is reset to
|
||||
<filename>/bin:/usr/bin</filename> for normal users, or
|
||||
<filename>/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin</filename> for the super user.
|
||||
This may be changed with the <emphasis remap='B'>ENV_PATH</emphasis>
|
||||
and <emphasis remap='B'>ENV_SUPATH</emphasis> definitions in
|
||||
<filename>/etc/login.defs</filename>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>A subsystem login is indicated by the presense of a "*" as the
|
||||
first character of the login shell. The given home directory will be
|
||||
used as the root of a new filesystem which the user is actually logged
|
||||
into.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='caveats'>
|
||||
<title>CAVEATS</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This version of <command>su</command> has many compilation options,
|
||||
only some of which may be in use at any particular site.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='files'>
|
||||
<title>FILES</title>
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>user account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/shadow</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>secure user account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>sh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>login.defs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>suauth</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='author'>
|
||||
<title>AUTHOR</title>
|
||||
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh <jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com></para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
196
man/suauth.5.xml
Normal file
196
man/suauth.5.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='suauth.5'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: suauth.5.xml,v 1.5 2005/04/27 16:44:12 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>suauth</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
<refmiscinfo class='source'>Feb 14, 1996</refmiscinfo>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>suauth</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>Detailed su control file</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
<!-- body begins here -->
|
||||
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>/etc/suauth</command>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
</refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para>The file <filename>/etc/suauth</filename> is referenced
|
||||
whenever the su command is called. It can change the behaviour of the
|
||||
su command, based upon
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- .RS -->
|
||||
<literallayout remap='.nf'>
|
||||
1) the user su is targetting
|
||||
</literallayout>
|
||||
<!-- .fi -->
|
||||
<para>2) the user executing the su command (or any groups he might be
|
||||
a member of)
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<!-- .RE -->
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The file is formatted like this, with lines starting with a #
|
||||
being treated as comment lines and ignored;
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- .RS -->
|
||||
<literallayout remap='RS'>
|
||||
to-id:from-id:ACTION
|
||||
</literallayout>
|
||||
<!-- remap='RE' -->
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Where to-id is either the word
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>ALL</emphasis>,
|
||||
a list of usernames
|
||||
delimited by "," or the words
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>ALL EXCEPT</emphasis>
|
||||
followed by a list
|
||||
of usernames delimited by ","
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>from-id is formatted the same as to-id except the extra word
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>GROUP</emphasis>
|
||||
is recognised.
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>ALL EXCEPT GROUP</emphasis>
|
||||
is perfectly valid too.
|
||||
Following
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>GROUP</emphasis>
|
||||
appears one or more group names, delimited by
|
||||
",". It is not sufficient to have primary group id of the
|
||||
relevant group, an entry in
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>/etc/group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
is neccessary.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Action can be one only of the following currently supported
|
||||
options.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<variablelist remap='TP'>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>DENY</emphasis>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The attempt to su is stopped before a password is
|
||||
even asked for.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>NOPASS</emphasis>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The attempt to su is automatically successful; no
|
||||
password is
|
||||
asked for.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<emphasis remap='B'>OWNPASS</emphasis>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>For the su command to be successful, the user must
|
||||
enter
|
||||
his or her own password. They are told this.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Note there are three separate fields delimited by a colon. No
|
||||
whitespace must surround this colon. Also note that the file
|
||||
is examined sequentially line by line, and the first applicable
|
||||
rule is used without examining the file further. This makes it
|
||||
possible for a system administrator to exercise as fine control
|
||||
as he or she wishes.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='example'>
|
||||
<title>EXAMPLE</title>
|
||||
<literallayout remap='.nf'>
|
||||
# sample /etc/suauth file
|
||||
#
|
||||
# A couple of privileged usernames may
|
||||
# su to root with their own password.
|
||||
#
|
||||
root:chris,birddog:OWNPASS
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Anyone else may not su to root unless in
|
||||
# group wheel. This is how BSD does things.
|
||||
#
|
||||
root:ALL EXCEPT GROUP wheel:DENY
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Perhaps terry and birddog are accounts
|
||||
# owned by the same person.
|
||||
# Access can be arranged between them
|
||||
# with no password.
|
||||
#
|
||||
terry:birddog:NOPASS
|
||||
birddog:terry:NOPASS
|
||||
#
|
||||
</literallayout>
|
||||
<!-- .fi -->
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='files'>
|
||||
<title>FILES</title>
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/suauth</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='bugs'>
|
||||
<title>BUGS</title>
|
||||
<para>There could be plenty lurking. The file parser is particularly
|
||||
unforgiving about syntax errors, expecting no spurious whitespace
|
||||
(apart from beginning and end of lines), and a specific token
|
||||
delimiting different things.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='diagnostics'>
|
||||
<title>DIAGNOSTICS</title>
|
||||
<para>An error parsing the file is reported using
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>syslogd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
as level ERR on
|
||||
facility AUTH.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='author'>
|
||||
<title>AUTHOR</title>
|
||||
<literallayout remap='.nf'>
|
||||
Chris Evans (lady0110@sable.ox.ac.uk)
|
||||
Lady Margaret Hall
|
||||
Oxford University
|
||||
England
|
||||
</literallayout>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
117
man/sulogin.8.xml
Normal file
117
man/sulogin.8.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='sulogin.8'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: sulogin.8.xml,v 1.6 2005/04/27 18:20:35 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>sulogin</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>sulogin</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>Single-user login</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='syntax'>
|
||||
<title>SYNTAX</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<command>sulogin</coamand> [<emphasis remap='I'>
|
||||
tty-device
|
||||
</emphasis>
|
||||
]
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<command>sulogin</coamand> is invoked by <command>init</coamand> prior
|
||||
to allowing the user access to the system when in single user mode.
|
||||
This feature may only be available on certain systems where
|
||||
<command>init</coamand> has been modified accordingly, or where the
|
||||
<filename>/etc/inittab</filename> has an entry for a single user
|
||||
login.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The user is prompted</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Type control-d to proceed with normal startup,
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
(or give root password for system maintenance):
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Input and output will be performed with the standard file
|
||||
descriptors unless
|
||||
the optional device name argument is provided.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>If the user enters the correct root password, a login session is
|
||||
initiated.
|
||||
When <emphasis remap='B'>EOF</emphasis> is pressed instead, the
|
||||
system enters multi-user mode.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>After the user exits the single-user shell, or presses <emphasis
|
||||
remap='B'>EOF</emphasis>, the system begins the initialization process
|
||||
required to enter multi-user mode.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='caveats'>
|
||||
<title>CAVEATS</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This command can only be used if <command>init</coamand> has been
|
||||
modified to call <command>sulogin</coamand> instead of
|
||||
<filename>/bin/sh</filename>, or if the user has set the <emphasis
|
||||
remap='I'>inittab</emphasis> to support a single user login. For
|
||||
example, the line:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
|
||||
<para>co:s:respawn:/etc/sulogin /dev/console</para>
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
|
||||
<para>should execute the sulogin command in single user mode.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>As complete an environment as possible is created. However,
|
||||
various devices
|
||||
may be unmounted or uninitialized and many of the user commands may
|
||||
be
|
||||
unavailable or nonfunctional as a result.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='files'>
|
||||
<title>FILES</title>
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>user account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/shadow</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>secure user account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>sh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>init</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='author'>
|
||||
<title>AUTHOR</title>
|
||||
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
417
man/useradd.8.xml
Normal file
417
man/useradd.8.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,417 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='useradd.8'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: useradd.8.xml,v 1.6 2005/04/27 18:20:35 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>useradd</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>Create a new user or update default new user information</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>useradd</command>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-c <replaceable>comment</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-d <replaceable>home_dir</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-e <replaceable>expire_date</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-f <replaceable>inactive_days</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<sbr/>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-g <replaceable>initial_group</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'>-G <replaceable>group1</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'>
|
||||
<replaceable>,group2,</replaceable>
|
||||
</arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'>
|
||||
<replaceable>,</replaceable>
|
||||
</arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>
|
||||
<replaceable>groupN</replaceable>
|
||||
</arg>
|
||||
</arg>
|
||||
</arg>
|
||||
<sbr/>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-M </arg><arg choice='plain'>-m </arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-k <replaceable>skeleton_dir</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
</arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-o </arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-p <replaceable>passwd</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-s <replaceable>shell</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<sbr/>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-u <replaceable>uid</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'><replaceable>login</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'><replaceable>useradd</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'>-D </arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-g <replaceable>group</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-b <replaceable>home_dir</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-e <replaceable>expire_date</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<sbr/>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-f <replaceable>inactive_days</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-s <replaceable>shell</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
</refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<refsect2 id='creating_new_users'>
|
||||
<title>Creating New Users</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
When invoked without the <option>-D</option> option, the
|
||||
<command>useradd</command> command creates a new user account using
|
||||
the values specified on the command line and the default values from
|
||||
the system. Depending on command line options, the useradd command
|
||||
will update system files and may also create the new user's home
|
||||
directory and copy initial files.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect2>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='options'>
|
||||
<title>OPTIONS</title>
|
||||
<para>The options which apply to the <command>useradd</command> command are:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<variablelist remap='IP'>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-c</option> <replaceable>comment</replaceable>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The new user's password file comment field.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-d</option> <replaceable>home_dir</replaceable>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The new user will be created using <emphasis remap='I'> home_dir
|
||||
</emphasis>as the value for the user's login directory. The
|
||||
default is to append the <emphasis remap='I'>login</emphasis>
|
||||
name to <emphasis remap='I'>home</emphasis> and use that as the
|
||||
login directory name.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-e</option> <replaceable>expire_date</replaceable>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The date on which the user account will be disabled. The
|
||||
date is specified in the format <emphasis
|
||||
remap='I'>YYYY-MM-DD</emphasis>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-f</option> <replaceable>inactive_days</replaceable>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The number of days after a password expires until the
|
||||
account is permanently disabled. A value of 0 disables the
|
||||
account as soon as the password has expired, and a value of -1
|
||||
disables the feature. The default value is -1.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-g</option> <replaceable>initial_group</replaceable>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The group name or number of the user's initial login group.
|
||||
The group name must exist. A group number must refer to an
|
||||
already existing group. The default group number is 1 or
|
||||
whatever is specified in
|
||||
<filename>/etc/default/useradd</filename>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-G</option> <replaceable>group1</replaceable>[<emphasis remap='I'>
|
||||
,group2,...,
|
||||
</emphasis>
|
||||
[<emphasis remap='I'>groupN</emphasis>]]]
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>A list of supplementary groups which the user is also a
|
||||
member of. Each group is separated from the next by a comma,
|
||||
with no intervening whitespace. The groups are subject to the
|
||||
same restrictions as the group given with the
|
||||
<option>-g</option> option. The default is for the user to
|
||||
belong only to the initial group.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-M</option>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>RedHat added the CREATE_HOME option in login.defs in their
|
||||
version of shadow-utils (which makes -m the default, with new -M
|
||||
option to turn it off). Unfortunately, this changes the way
|
||||
useradd works (it can be run by scripts expecting some standard
|
||||
behaviour), compared to other Unices and other Linux
|
||||
distributions, and also adds a lot of confusion.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-m</option>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The user's home directory will be created if it does not
|
||||
exist. The files contained in <emphasis
|
||||
remap='I'>skeleton_dir</emphasis> will be copied to the home
|
||||
directory if the <option>-k</option> option is used, otherwise
|
||||
the files contained in <filename>/etc/skel</filename> will be
|
||||
used instead. Any directories contained in <emphasis remap='I'>
|
||||
skeleton_dir</emphasis> or <filename>/etc/skel</filename> will
|
||||
be created in the user's home directory as well. The
|
||||
<option>-k</option> option is only valid in conjunction with the
|
||||
<option>-m</option> option. The default is to not create the
|
||||
directory and to not copy any files.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-o</option>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Allow create user with duplicate (non-unique) UID.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-p</option> <replaceable>passwd</replaceable>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The encrypted password, as returned by <citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>crypt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>. The default is to disable the account.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-s</option> <replaceable>shell</replaceable>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The name of the user's login shell. The default is to
|
||||
leave this field
|
||||
blank, which causes the system to select the default
|
||||
login shell.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-u</option> <replaceable>uid</replaceable>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The numerical value of the user's ID. This value must be
|
||||
unique, unless the <option>-o</option> option is used. The value
|
||||
must be non-negative. The default is to use the smallest ID
|
||||
value greater than 999 and greater than every other user.
|
||||
Values between 0 and 999 are typically reserved for system
|
||||
accounts.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect2 id='changing_the_default_values'>
|
||||
<title>Changing the default values</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
When invoked with the <option>-D</option> option,
|
||||
<command>useradd</command> will either display the current default
|
||||
values, or update the default values from the command line. The
|
||||
valid options are
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<variablelist remap='IP'>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-b</option> <replaceable>home_dir</replaceable>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory.
|
||||
The user's name will be affixed to the end of <emphasis
|
||||
remap='I'>home</emphasis> to create the new directory name if
|
||||
the <option>-d</option> option is not used when creating a new
|
||||
account.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-e</option> <replaceable>expire_date</replaceable>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The date on which the user account is disabled.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-f</option> <replaceable>inactive</replaceable>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The number of days after a password has expired before the
|
||||
account will be disabled.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-g</option> <replaceable>group</replaceable>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The group name or ID for a new user's initial group. The
|
||||
named group must exist, and a numerical group ID must have an
|
||||
existing entry .
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-s</option> <replaceable>shell</replaceable>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The name of the new user's login shell. The named program
|
||||
will be used for all future new user accounts.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>If no options are specified, <command>useradd</command>
|
||||
displays the current default values.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect2>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='notes'>
|
||||
<title>NOTES</title>
|
||||
<para>The system administrator is responsible for placing the default
|
||||
user files in the <filename>/etc/skel/</filename> directory.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='caveats'>
|
||||
<title>CAVEATS</title>
|
||||
<para>You may not add a user to an NIS group. This must be performed on
|
||||
the NIS server.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='files'>
|
||||
<title>FILES</title>
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>user account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/shadow</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>secure user account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>group account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/default/useradd</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>default information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/skel/</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>directory containing default files</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='exit_values'>
|
||||
<title>EXIT VALUES</title>
|
||||
<variablelist remap='TP'>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
The <command>useadd</coamand> command exits with the following
|
||||
values:
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<literal>0</literal> - success
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>1</literal> - can't update password file
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>2</literal> - invalid command syntax
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>3</literal> - invalid argument to option
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>4</literal> - uid already in use (and no -o)
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>6</literal> - specified group doesn't exist
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>9</literal> - username already in use
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>10</literal> - can't update group file
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>12</literal> - can't create home directory
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>13</literal> - can't create mail spool
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>chsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>crypt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>groupadd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>groupdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>groupmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>userdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>usermod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='author'>
|
||||
<title>AUTHOR</title>
|
||||
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
147
man/userdel.8.xml
Normal file
147
man/userdel.8.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='userdel.8'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: userdel.8.xml,v 1.5 2005/04/27 16:44:12 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>USERDEL</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>userdel</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>Delete a user account and related files</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>userdel</command>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-r </arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'>
|
||||
<replaceable>login</replaceable>
|
||||
</arg>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
</refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The <command>userdel</command> command modifies the system account
|
||||
files, deleting all entries that refer to <emphasis
|
||||
remap='I'>login</emphasis>. The named user must exist.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='options'>
|
||||
<title>OPTIONS</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The options which apply to the <command>userdel</command> command are:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<variablelist remap='IP'>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-r</option>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Files in the user's home directory will be removed along
|
||||
with the home directory itself and the user's mail spool. Files
|
||||
located in other file systems will have to be searched for and
|
||||
deleted manually.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='files'>
|
||||
<title>FILES</title>
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>group account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>user account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/shadow</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>secure user account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='exit_values'>
|
||||
<title>EXIT VALUES</title>
|
||||
<variablelist remap='TP'>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
The <command>userdel</command> command exits with the following
|
||||
values:
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<literal>0</literal> - success
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>1</literal> - can't update password file
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>2</literal> - invalid command syntax
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>6</literal> - specified user doesn't exist
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>8</literal> - user currently logged in
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>10</literal> - can't update group file
|
||||
<!-- .br -->
|
||||
<literal>12</literal> - can't remove home directory
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='caveats'>
|
||||
<title>CAVEATS</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<command>userdel</command> will not allow you to remove an account if
|
||||
the user is currently logged in. You must kill any running processes
|
||||
which belong to an account that you are deleting. You may not remove
|
||||
any NIS attributes on an NIS client. This must be performed on the NIS
|
||||
server.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>chsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>groupadd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>groupdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>groupmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>usermod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='author'>
|
||||
<title>AUTHOR</title>
|
||||
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
300
man/usermod.8.xml
Normal file
300
man/usermod.8.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,300 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='usermod.8'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: usermod.8.xml,v 1.5 2005/04/28 13:57:45 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>usermod</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>usermod</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>Modify a user account</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>usermod</command>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-c <replaceable>comment</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'>-d <replaceable>home_dir</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-m </arg>
|
||||
</arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-e <replaceable>expire_date</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-f <replaceable>inactive_time</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-g <replaceable>initial_group</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<sbr/>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'>-G <replaceable>group1</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>,group2,</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'><replaceable>,</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'><replaceable>groupN</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
</arg>
|
||||
</arg>
|
||||
<sbr/>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-l <replaceable>login_name</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-p <replaceable>passwd</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-s <replaceable>shell</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'>-u <replaceable>uid</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
<arg choice='opt'>-o </arg>
|
||||
</arg>
|
||||
<sbr/>
|
||||
<group choice='opt'>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'>-L </arg><arg choice='plain'>-U </arg>
|
||||
</group>
|
||||
<arg choice='plain'><replaceable>login</replaceable></arg>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
</refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The <command>usermod</command> command modifies the system account
|
||||
files to reflect the changes that are specified on the command line.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='options'>
|
||||
<title>OPTIONS</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The options which apply to the <command>usermod</command> command
|
||||
are:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<variablelist remap='IP'>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-c</option> <replaceable>comment</replaceable>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The new value of the user's password file comment
|
||||
field. It is normally modified using the <citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>utility.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-d</option> <replaceable>home_dir</replaceable>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The user's new login directory. If the <option>-m</option>
|
||||
option is given the contents of the current home directory will
|
||||
be moved to the new home directory, which is created if it does
|
||||
not already exist.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-e</option> <replaceable>expire_date</replaceable>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The date on which the user account will be disabled. The
|
||||
date is specified in the format <emphasis remap='I'>YYYY-MM-DD
|
||||
</emphasis>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-f</option> <replaceable>inactive_days</replaceable>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The number of days after a password expires until the
|
||||
account is permanently disabled. A value of 0 disables the
|
||||
account as soon as the password has expired, and a value of -1
|
||||
disables the feature. The default value is -1.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-g</option> <replaceable>initial_group</replaceable>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The group name or number of the user's new initial login
|
||||
group. The group name must exist. A group number must refer to
|
||||
an already existing group. The default group number is 1.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-G</option> <replaceable>group1</replaceable>[<emphasis remap='I'>
|
||||
,group2,...,
|
||||
</emphasis>
|
||||
[<emphasis remap='I'>groupN</emphasis>]]]
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>A list of supplementary groups which the user is also a
|
||||
member of. Each group is separated from the next by a comma,
|
||||
with no intervening whitespace. The groups are subject to the
|
||||
same restrictions as the group given with the
|
||||
<option>-g</option> option. If the user is currently a member of
|
||||
a group which is not listed, the user will be removed from the
|
||||
group.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-l</option> <replaceable>login_name</replaceable>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The name of the user will be changed from <emphasis
|
||||
remap='I'>login </emphasis> to <emphasis
|
||||
remap='I'>login_name</emphasis>. Nothing else is changed. In
|
||||
particular, the user's home directory name should probably be
|
||||
changed to reflect the new login name.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-L</option>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Lock a user's password. This puts a '!' in front of the
|
||||
encrypted password, effectively disabling the password. You
|
||||
can't use this option with <option>-p</option> or
|
||||
<option>-U</option>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-o</option>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
When used with the <option>-u</option> option, this option
|
||||
allows to change the user ID to a non-unique value.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-p</option> <replaceable>passwd</replaceable>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The encrypted password, as returned by <citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>crypt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-s</option> <replaceable>shell</replaceable>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The name of the user's new login shell. Setting this field
|
||||
to blank causes the system to select the default login shell.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-u</option> <replaceable>uid</replaceable>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The numerical value of the user's ID. This value must be
|
||||
unique, unless the <option>-o</option> option is used. The value
|
||||
must be non-negative. Values between 0 and 99 are typically
|
||||
reserved for system accounts. Any files which the user owns and
|
||||
which are located in the directory tree rooted at the user's
|
||||
home directory will have the file user ID changed automatically.
|
||||
Files outside of the user's home directory must be altered
|
||||
manually.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<option>-U</option>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Unlock a user's password. This removes the '!' in front of
|
||||
the encrypted password. You can't use this option with
|
||||
<option>-p</option> or <option>-L</option>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='caveats'>
|
||||
<title>CAVEATS</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<command>usermod</command> will not allow you to change the name of a
|
||||
user who is logged in. You must make certain that the named user is
|
||||
not executing any processes when this command is being executed if the
|
||||
user's numerical user ID is being changed. You must change the owner
|
||||
of any crontab files manually. You must change the owner of any at
|
||||
jobs manually. You must make any changes involving NIS on the NIS
|
||||
server.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='files'>
|
||||
<title>FILES</title>
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>user account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/shadow</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>secure user account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
|
||||
<listitem>group account information</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>chsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>crypt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>groupadd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>groupdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>groupmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>userdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='author'>
|
||||
<title>AUTHOR</title>
|
||||
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
.\"$Id: vipw.8,v 1.8 2005/04/05 18:47:50 kloczek Exp $
|
||||
.\"$Id: vipw.8,v 1.10 2005/04/27 08:29:36 kloczek Exp $
|
||||
.TH VIPW 8 "26 Sep 1997"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
vipw, vigr \- edit the password, group, shadow\-password, or shadow\-group file.
|
||||
@ -9,12 +9,11 @@ vipw, vigr \- edit the password, group, shadow\-password, or shadow\-group file.
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
\fBvipw\fR and \fBvigr\fR will edit the files \fI/etc/passwd\fR and
|
||||
\fI/etc/group\fR, respectively. With the \fB\-s\fR flag, they will edit the
|
||||
shadow versions of those files, fI/etc/shadow\fR and \fI/etc/gshadow\fR,
|
||||
shadow versions of those files, \fI/etc/shadow\fR and \fI/etc/gshadow\fR,
|
||||
respectively. The programs will set the appropriate locks to prevent file
|
||||
corruption. When looking for an editor, the programs will first try the
|
||||
environment variable \fBVISUAL\fR, then the environment variable
|
||||
\fBEDITOR\fR, and finally the default editor,
|
||||
.BR vi .
|
||||
environment variable \fB$VISUAL\fR, then the environment variable
|
||||
\fB$EDITOR\fR, and finally the default editor, \fBvi\fR(1).
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
.BR group (5),
|
||||
.BR passwd (5),
|
||||
|
||||
63
man/vipw.8.xml
Normal file
63
man/vipw.8.xml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
|
||||
<refentry id='vipw.8'>
|
||||
<!-- $Id: vipw.8.xml,v 1.6 2005/04/28 13:54:06 kloczek Exp $ -->
|
||||
<refentryinfo>
|
||||
<date>26 Sep 1997</date>
|
||||
</refentryinfo>
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>vipw</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
|
||||
<refmiscinfo class='date'>26 Sep 1997</refmiscinfo>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv id='name'>
|
||||
<refname>vipw</refname>
|
||||
<refname>vigr</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>edit the password, group, shadow-password, or shadow-group
|
||||
file.
|
||||
</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>vipw</command><arg choice='opt'>-s </arg>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
<command>vigr</command><arg choice='opt'>-s </arg>
|
||||
</cmdsynopsis>
|
||||
</refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='description'>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<command>vipw</command> and <command>vigr</command> will edit the
|
||||
files <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> and
|
||||
<filename>/etc/group</filename>, respectively. With the
|
||||
<option>-s</option> flag, they will edit the shadow versions of those
|
||||
files, <filename>/etc/shadow</filename> and
|
||||
<filename>/etc/gshadow</filename>, respectively. The programs will set
|
||||
the appropriate locks to prevent file corruption. When looking for an
|
||||
editor, the programs will first try the environment variable
|
||||
<envar>$VISUAL</envar>, then the environment variable <emphasis
|
||||
remap='B'>$EDITOR</emphasis>, and finally the default editor, <citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>vi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>,
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
@ -38,7 +38,11 @@ host_triplet = @host@
|
||||
subdir = man/zh_CN
|
||||
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
|
||||
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
|
||||
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
|
||||
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
|
||||
|
||||
@ -38,7 +38,11 @@ host_triplet = @host@
|
||||
subdir = man/zh_TW
|
||||
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
|
||||
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
|
||||
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
|
||||
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
|
||||
|
||||
5
po/ChangeLog
Normal file
5
po/ChangeLog
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
2005-05-04 gettextize <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.in.in: Upgrade to gettext-0.14.3.
|
||||
* Rules-quot: Upgrade to gettext-0.14.3.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -27,5 +27,6 @@ sv
|
||||
tl
|
||||
tr
|
||||
uk
|
||||
vi
|
||||
zh_CN
|
||||
zh_TW
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
# Makefile for PO directory in any package using GNU gettext.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2005 by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
|
||||
# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU General Public
|
||||
@ -7,9 +7,12 @@
|
||||
# functionality.
|
||||
# Please note that the actual code of GNU gettext is covered by the GNU
|
||||
# General Public License and is *not* in the public domain.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Origin: gettext-0.14.3
|
||||
|
||||
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
|
||||
VERSION = @VERSION@
|
||||
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
|
||||
|
||||
SHELL = /bin/sh
|
||||
@SET_MAKE@
|
||||
@ -44,7 +47,7 @@ UPDATEPOFILES = @UPDATEPOFILES@
|
||||
DUMMYPOFILES = @DUMMYPOFILES@
|
||||
DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in.in remove-potcdate.sin \
|
||||
$(DISTFILES.common.extra1) $(DISTFILES.common.extra2) $(DISTFILES.common.extra3)
|
||||
DISTFILES = $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars POTFILES.in $(DOMAIN).pot stamp-po \
|
||||
DISTFILES = $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars POTFILES.in \
|
||||
$(POFILES) $(GMOFILES) \
|
||||
$(DISTFILES.extra1) $(DISTFILES.extra2) $(DISTFILES.extra3)
|
||||
|
||||
@ -55,7 +58,7 @@ CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
|
||||
# Makevars gets inserted here. (Don't remove this line!)
|
||||
|
||||
.SUFFIXES:
|
||||
.SUFFIXES: .po .gmo .mo .sed .sin .nop .po-update
|
||||
.SUFFIXES: .po .gmo .mo .sed .sin .nop .po-create .po-update
|
||||
|
||||
.po.mo:
|
||||
@echo "$(MSGFMT) -c -o $@ $<"; \
|
||||
@ -77,6 +80,12 @@ all: all-@USE_NLS@
|
||||
all-yes: stamp-po
|
||||
all-no:
|
||||
|
||||
# $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot is only created when needed. When xgettext finds no
|
||||
# internationalized messages, no $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot is created (because
|
||||
# we don't want to bother translators with empty POT files). We assume that
|
||||
# LINGUAS is empty in this case, i.e. $(POFILES) and $(GMOFILES) are empty.
|
||||
# In this case, stamp-po is a nop (i.e. a phony target).
|
||||
|
||||
# stamp-po is a timestamp denoting the last time at which the CATALOGS have
|
||||
# been loosely updated. Its purpose is that when a developer or translator
|
||||
# checks out the package via CVS, and the $(DOMAIN).pot file is not in CVS,
|
||||
@ -86,10 +95,13 @@ all-no:
|
||||
# $(POFILES) has been designed to not touch files that don't need to be
|
||||
# changed.
|
||||
stamp-po: $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot
|
||||
test -z "$(CATALOGS)" || $(MAKE) $(CATALOGS)
|
||||
@echo "touch stamp-po"
|
||||
@echo timestamp > stamp-poT
|
||||
@mv stamp-poT stamp-po
|
||||
test ! -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot || \
|
||||
test -z "$(GMOFILES)" || $(MAKE) $(GMOFILES)
|
||||
@test ! -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot || { \
|
||||
echo "touch stamp-po" && \
|
||||
echo timestamp > stamp-poT && \
|
||||
mv stamp-poT stamp-po; \
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Note: Target 'all' must not depend on target '$(DOMAIN).pot-update',
|
||||
# otherwise packages like GCC can not be built if only parts of the source
|
||||
@ -98,11 +110,16 @@ stamp-po: $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot
|
||||
# This target rebuilds $(DOMAIN).pot; it is an expensive operation.
|
||||
# Note that $(DOMAIN).pot is not touched if it doesn't need to be changed.
|
||||
$(DOMAIN).pot-update: $(POTFILES) $(srcdir)/POTFILES.in remove-potcdate.sed
|
||||
if test -n '$(MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS)' || test '$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)' = '@'PACKAGE_BUGREPORT'@'; then \
|
||||
msgid_bugs_address='$(MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS)'; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
msgid_bugs_address='$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)'; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
$(XGETTEXT) --default-domain=$(DOMAIN) --directory=$(top_srcdir) \
|
||||
--add-comments=TRANSLATORS: $(XGETTEXT_OPTIONS) \
|
||||
--files-from=$(srcdir)/POTFILES.in \
|
||||
--copyright-holder='$(COPYRIGHT_HOLDER)' \
|
||||
--msgid-bugs-address='$(MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS)'
|
||||
--msgid-bugs-address="$$msgid_bugs_address"
|
||||
test ! -f $(DOMAIN).po || { \
|
||||
if test -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; then \
|
||||
sed -f remove-potcdate.sed < $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot > $(DOMAIN).1po && \
|
||||
@ -128,9 +145,13 @@ $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot:
|
||||
# Note that a PO file is not touched if it doesn't need to be changed.
|
||||
$(POFILES): $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot
|
||||
@lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's,.*/,,' -e 's/\.po$$//'`; \
|
||||
test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \
|
||||
echo "$${cdcmd}$(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot"; \
|
||||
cd $(srcdir) && $(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot
|
||||
if test -f "$(srcdir)/$${lang}.po"; then \
|
||||
test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \
|
||||
echo "$${cdcmd}$(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot"; \
|
||||
cd $(srcdir) && $(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
$(MAKE) $${lang}.po-create; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
install: install-exec install-data
|
||||
@ -283,11 +304,14 @@ dist distdir:
|
||||
$(MAKE) update-po
|
||||
@$(MAKE) dist2
|
||||
# This is a separate target because 'update-po' must be executed before.
|
||||
dist2: $(DISTFILES)
|
||||
dist2: stamp-po $(DISTFILES)
|
||||
dists="$(DISTFILES)"; \
|
||||
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
|
||||
dists="$$dists Makevars.template"; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
if test -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; then \
|
||||
dists="$$dists $(DOMAIN).pot stamp-po"; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
if test -f $(srcdir)/ChangeLog; then \
|
||||
dists="$$dists ChangeLog"; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
@ -299,9 +323,9 @@ dist2: $(DISTFILES)
|
||||
if test -f $(srcdir)/LINGUAS; then dists="$$dists LINGUAS"; fi; \
|
||||
for file in $$dists; do \
|
||||
if test -f $$file; then \
|
||||
cp -p $$file $(distdir); \
|
||||
cp -p $$file $(distdir) || exit 1; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
|
||||
cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) || exit 1; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
@ -310,6 +334,13 @@ update-po: Makefile
|
||||
test -z "$(UPDATEPOFILES)" || $(MAKE) $(UPDATEPOFILES)
|
||||
$(MAKE) update-gmo
|
||||
|
||||
# General rule for creating PO files.
|
||||
|
||||
.nop.po-create:
|
||||
@lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-create$$//'`; \
|
||||
echo "File $$lang.po does not exist. If you are a translator, you can create it through 'msginit'." 1>&2; \
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
|
||||
# General rule for updating PO files.
|
||||
|
||||
.nop.po-update:
|
||||
@ -341,7 +372,7 @@ $(DUMMYPOFILES):
|
||||
update-gmo: Makefile $(GMOFILES)
|
||||
@:
|
||||
|
||||
Makefile: Makefile.in.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @POMAKEFILEDEPS@
|
||||
Makefile: Makefile.in.in Makevars $(top_builddir)/config.status @POMAKEFILEDEPS@
|
||||
cd $(top_builddir) \
|
||||
&& CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@.in CONFIG_HEADERS= \
|
||||
$(SHELL) ./config.status
|
||||
|
||||
@ -4,6 +4,11 @@ DISTFILES.common.extra1 = quot.sed boldquot.sed en@quot.header en@boldquot.heade
|
||||
|
||||
.SUFFIXES: .insert-header .po-update-en
|
||||
|
||||
en@quot.po-create:
|
||||
$(MAKE) en@quot.po-update
|
||||
en@boldquot.po-create:
|
||||
$(MAKE) en@boldquot.po-update
|
||||
|
||||
en@quot.po-update: en@quot.po-update-en
|
||||
en@boldquot.po-update: en@boldquot.po-update-en
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
BIN
po/bs.gmo
BIN
po/bs.gmo
Binary file not shown.
10
po/bs.po
10
po/bs.po
@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: shadow\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-04-25 12:28+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-05-23 12:26+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-05-09 12:03+0100\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Safir Šećerović <sapphire@linux.org.ba>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Bosnian <lokal@lugbih.org>\n"
|
||||
@ -155,12 +155,12 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
msgid "malloc(%d) failed\n"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: lib/getdef.c:265
|
||||
#: lib/getdef.c:262
|
||||
#, c-format
|
||||
msgid "Could not allocate space for config info.\n"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: lib/getdef.c:319
|
||||
#: lib/getdef.c:303
|
||||
#, c-format
|
||||
msgid "configuration error - unknown item '%s' (notify administrator)\n"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1027,7 +1027,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Usage: lastlog [options]\n"
|
||||
"\n"
|
||||
"Options:\n"
|
||||
" -u, --login LOGIN\tprint lastlog record for user with specified LOGIN\n"
|
||||
" -u, --user LOGIN\tprint lastlog record for user with specified LOGIN\n"
|
||||
" -h, --help\t\tdisplay this help message and exit\n"
|
||||
" -t, --time DAYS\tprint only lastlog records more recent than DAYS\n"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
msgid "Sorry.\n"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: src/newgrp.c:467
|
||||
#: src/newgrp.c:472
|
||||
#, c-format
|
||||
msgid "too many groups\n"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
BIN
po/ca.gmo
BIN
po/ca.gmo
Binary file not shown.
10
po/ca.po
10
po/ca.po
@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: shadow 4.0.3\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-04-25 12:28+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-05-23 12:26+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-06-16 20:58:19+0200\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Guillem Jover <guillem@debian.org>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Catalan <debian-l10n-catalan@lists.debian.org>\n"
|
||||
@ -155,12 +155,12 @@ msgstr "No s'ha pogut canviar el directori arrel a «%s»\n"
|
||||
msgid "malloc(%d) failed\n"
|
||||
msgstr "malloc(%d) ha fallat\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: lib/getdef.c:265
|
||||
#: lib/getdef.c:262
|
||||
#, c-format
|
||||
msgid "Could not allocate space for config info.\n"
|
||||
msgstr "No s'ha pogut reservar espai per a la informació de configuració.\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: lib/getdef.c:319
|
||||
#: lib/getdef.c:303
|
||||
#, c-format
|
||||
msgid "configuration error - unknown item '%s' (notify administrator)\n"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1037,7 +1037,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Usage: lastlog [options]\n"
|
||||
"\n"
|
||||
"Options:\n"
|
||||
" -u, --login LOGIN\tprint lastlog record for user with specified LOGIN\n"
|
||||
" -u, --user LOGIN\tprint lastlog record for user with specified LOGIN\n"
|
||||
" -h, --help\t\tdisplay this help message and exit\n"
|
||||
" -t, --time DAYS\tprint only lastlog records more recent than DAYS\n"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1225,7 +1225,7 @@ msgstr "El gid és desconegut: %lu\n"
|
||||
msgid "Sorry.\n"
|
||||
msgstr "Disculpeu.\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: src/newgrp.c:467
|
||||
#: src/newgrp.c:472
|
||||
#, c-format
|
||||
msgid "too many groups\n"
|
||||
msgstr "hi ha massa grups\n"
|
||||
|
||||
BIN
po/cs.gmo
BIN
po/cs.gmo
Binary file not shown.
12
po/cs.po
12
po/cs.po
@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: shadow 4.0.8\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-04-25 12:28+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-05-23 12:26+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-04-19 21:17+0200\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Miroslav Kure <kurem@debian.cz>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Czech <debian-l10n-czech@lists.debian.org>\n"
|
||||
@ -162,12 +162,12 @@ msgstr "Nelze nastavit kořenový adresář na \"%s\"\n"
|
||||
msgid "malloc(%d) failed\n"
|
||||
msgstr "volání malloc(%d) selhalo\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: lib/getdef.c:265
|
||||
#: lib/getdef.c:262
|
||||
#, c-format
|
||||
msgid "Could not allocate space for config info.\n"
|
||||
msgstr "Nemohu alokovat dostatek místa pro konfigurační údaje.\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: lib/getdef.c:319
|
||||
#: lib/getdef.c:303
|
||||
#, c-format
|
||||
msgid "configuration error - unknown item '%s' (notify administrator)\n"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1062,14 +1062,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Usage: lastlog [options]\n"
|
||||
"\n"
|
||||
"Options:\n"
|
||||
" -u, --login LOGIN\tprint lastlog record for user with specified LOGIN\n"
|
||||
" -u, --user LOGIN\tprint lastlog record for user with specified LOGIN\n"
|
||||
" -h, --help\t\tdisplay this help message and exit\n"
|
||||
" -t, --time DAYS\tprint only lastlog records more recent than DAYS\n"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Použití: lastlog [volby]\n"
|
||||
"\n"
|
||||
"Volby:\n"
|
||||
" -u, --login LOGIN\tzobrazí záznamy lastlogu pro uživatele LOGIN\n"
|
||||
" -u, --user LOGIN\tzobrazí záznamy lastlogu pro uživatele LOGIN\n"
|
||||
" -h, --help\t\tzobrazí tuto nápovědu a skončí\n"
|
||||
" -t, --time DNŮ\tzobrazí záznamy lastlogu novější než DNŮ\n"
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1255,7 +1255,7 @@ msgstr "neznámé gid %lu\n"
|
||||
msgid "Sorry.\n"
|
||||
msgstr "Lituji.\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: src/newgrp.c:467
|
||||
#: src/newgrp.c:472
|
||||
#, c-format
|
||||
msgid "too many groups\n"
|
||||
msgstr "příliš mnoho skupin\n"
|
||||
|
||||
BIN
po/da.gmo
BIN
po/da.gmo
Binary file not shown.
12
po/da.po
12
po/da.po
@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: shadow 4.0.8\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-04-25 12:28+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-05-23 12:26+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-04-19 10:17+0200\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Claus Hindsgaul <claus_h@image.dk>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish <dansk@klid.dk>\n"
|
||||
@ -160,12 +160,12 @@ msgstr "Kan ikke ændre rodmappen til \"%s\"\n"
|
||||
msgid "malloc(%d) failed\n"
|
||||
msgstr "malloc(%d) mislykkedes\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: lib/getdef.c:265
|
||||
#: lib/getdef.c:262
|
||||
#, c-format
|
||||
msgid "Could not allocate space for config info.\n"
|
||||
msgstr "Kunne ikke frigøre plads til opsætningsoplysninger.\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: lib/getdef.c:319
|
||||
#: lib/getdef.c:303
|
||||
#, c-format
|
||||
msgid "configuration error - unknown item '%s' (notify administrator)\n"
|
||||
msgstr "opsætningsfejl - ukendt punkt %s (informér administrator)\n"
|
||||
@ -1057,14 +1057,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Usage: lastlog [options]\n"
|
||||
"\n"
|
||||
"Options:\n"
|
||||
" -u, --login LOGIN\tprint lastlog record for user with specified LOGIN\n"
|
||||
" -u, --user LOGIN\tprint lastlog record for user with specified LOGIN\n"
|
||||
" -h, --help\t\tdisplay this help message and exit\n"
|
||||
" -t, --time DAYS\tprint only lastlog records more recent than DAYS\n"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Brug: lastlog [tilvalg]\n"
|
||||
"\n"
|
||||
"Tilvalg:\n"
|
||||
" -u, --login LOGIND\tvis lastlog-optegnelser for brugeren med det angivne "
|
||||
" -u, --user LOGIND\tvis lastlog-optegnelser for brugeren med det angivne "
|
||||
"LOGIND\n"
|
||||
" -h, --help\t\tdvis denne hjælpebesked og afslut\n"
|
||||
" -t, --time DAGE\tvis kun lastlog-optegnelser, der er nyere end DAGE\n"
|
||||
@ -1251,7 +1251,7 @@ msgstr "ukendt gid: %lu\n"
|
||||
msgid "Sorry.\n"
|
||||
msgstr "Beklager.\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: src/newgrp.c:467
|
||||
#: src/newgrp.c:472
|
||||
#, c-format
|
||||
msgid "too many groups\n"
|
||||
msgstr "for mange grupper\n"
|
||||
|
||||
BIN
po/de.gmo
BIN
po/de.gmo
Binary file not shown.
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Loading…
x
Reference in New Issue
Block a user